10-K 1 a05-16669_110k.htm 10-K

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

ý                                 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2005

 

Commission File Number 0-19972

 


 

HF FINANCIAL CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

46-0418532

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

or organization)

 

 

 

 

 

225 South Main Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD

 

57104

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(605) 333-7556

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such requirements for the past 90 days.

YES  ý  NO  o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)

YES  o  NO  ý

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)

YES  o  NO  ý

 

As of September 23, 2005, there were 3,498,645 issued and outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock.

 

The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the average of the bid and asked price of such common equity as of December 31, 2004, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $66.2 million.  (The exclusion from such amount of the market value of the common equity owned by any person shall not be deemed an admission by the registrant that such person is an affiliate of the registrant.)

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Part III of Annual Report on Form 10-K - Portions of the Proxy Statement for 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

 



 

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

 

 

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

 

 

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations

 

 

 

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

 

 

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

 

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
and Financial Disclosure

 

 

 

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

 

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

 

 

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

 

 

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

 

 

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

 



 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) and other reports issued by HF Financial Corp. (the “Company”), including reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the”SEC”), contain “forward-looking statements” that deal with future results, expectations, plans and performance.  In addition, the Company’s management may make forward-looking statements orally to the media, securities analysts, investors or others.  These forward-looking statements might include one or more of the following:

 

                  Projections of income, loss, revenues, earnings or losses per share, dividends, capital expenditures, capital structure, tax benefit or other financial items.

                  Descriptions of plans or objectives of management for future operations, products or services, transactions, investments and use of subordinated debentures payable to trusts.

      Forecasts of future economic performance.

      Use and descriptions of assumptions and estimates underlying or relating to such matters.

 

Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts.  They often include words such as “optimism,” “look-forward,” “bright,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or “may.”

 

Forward-looking statements about the Company’s expected financial results and other plans are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions.  These include, but are not limited to the following: possible legislative changes and adverse economic, business and competitive conditions and developments (such as shrinking interest margins and continued short-term rate environments); deposit outflows; reduced demand for financial services and loan products; changes in accounting policies or guidelines, or in monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; changes in credit and other risks posed by the Company’s loan portfolios; the ability or inability of the Company to manage interest rate and other risks; unexpected or continuing claims against the Company’s self-insured health plan; the Company’s use of trust preferred securities; the ability or inability of the Company to successfully enter into a definitive agreement for and close anticipated transactions; technological, computer-related or operational difficulties; adverse changes in securities markets; results of litigation; or other significant uncertainties.

 

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made.  The Company does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made.

 

PART I

 

Item 1.  Business

 

This section should be read in conjunction with the following parts of this Form 10-K: Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.

 

The Company

 

HF Financial Corp., a unitary thrift holding company, was formed in November 1991, for the purpose of owning all of the outstanding stock of Home Federal Bank (the “Bank”) issued in the mutual to stock conversion of the Bank.  The Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of the Bank on April 8, 1992.  The Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and generally is authorized to engage in any activity that is permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.  Unless otherwise indicated, all matters discussed in this Form 10-K relate to the Company, and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including without limitation, the Bank.  See “Subsidiary Activities” for further information regarding the subsidiary operations of the Company and the Bank.

 

1



 

The executive offices of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are located at 225 South Main Avenue, Sioux Falls, South Dakota, 57104.  The Company’s telephone number is (605) 333-7556.

 

Website and Available Information

 

The website for the Company and the Bank is located at www.homefederal.com.  Information on this website does not constitute part of this Form 10-K.

 

The Company makes available, free of charge, its Form 10-K, its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, its current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as soon as reasonably practicable after such forms are filed with or furnished to the SEC.  Copies of these documents are available to stockholders upon request addressed to the Secretary of the Company at 225 South Main Avenue, Sioux Falls, South Dakota, 57104.

 

The Bank

 

The Bank was founded in 1929 and is a federally chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Sioux Falls, South Dakota.  The Bank provides full-service consumer and commercial business banking, including an array of financial products, to meet the needs of its market place.  The Bank attracts deposits from the general public and uses such deposits, together with borrowings and other funds, to originate one- to four-family residential, commercial business, consumer, multi-family, commercial real estate, construction and agricultural loans.  The Bank’s consumer loan portfolio includes, among other things, automobile loans, home equity loans, loans secured by deposit accounts and student loans.  The Bank also purchases mortgage-backed securities and invests in U.S. Government and agency obligations and other permissible investments.  The Bank does not hold any non-investment grade bonds (i.e., “junk bonds”).  The Bank receives loan servicing income on loans serviced for others and commission income from credit-life insurance on consumer loans.  The Bank, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, offers annuities, mutual funds, life insurance and other financial products and equipment leasing services.

 

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”), which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), and the Bank is subject to primary regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”).

 

Segments

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision makers in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.  The Company’s reportable segments are “banking” (including leasing activities) and “other”.  The “banking” segment is conducted through the Bank and Mid America Capital Services, Inc. (“Mid America Capital”) and the “other” segment is composed of smaller nonreportable segments, the Company and inter-segment eliminations.  For financial information by segment see Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”, which is included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Form 10-K.

 

Subsidiary Activities

 

In addition to the Bank, the Company had six other wholly-owned subsidiaries as of June 30, 2005:  HF Financial Group, Inc. (“HF Group”), HF Financial Capital Trust I (“Trust I”), HF Financial Capital Trust II (“Trust II”), HF Financial Capital Trust III (“Trust III”), HF Financial Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”) and HomeFirst Mortgage Corp. (the “Mortgage Corp.”).

 

In August 2002, the Company formed HF Group, a South Dakota corporation.  Pursuant to a marketing license service agreement, HF Group has the exclusive right to market “Syben Services” for the Minneapolis-based corporation, Syben Holdings, Inc., to business customers within the three-state territory that includes South Dakota, Minnesota and Iowa.  “Syben Services” are internet based services that utilize proprietary software developed to facilitate employee benefits administration, payroll processing and management and governmental reporting. Syben Services assists employers with the management of their employer sponsored compensation and benefit programs.  HF Group has an approved line of credit of $100,000, with no funds advanced by the Company as of June 30, 2005.

 

2



 

Intercompany interest income and interest expense are eliminated in the preparation of consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2001, the Company formed Trust I for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in subordinated debentures of the Company.  These subordinated debentures constitute the sole asset of Trust I.

 

In July 2002, the Company formed Trust II for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in subordinated debentures of the Company.  These subordinated debentures constitute the sole asset of Trust II.

 

In December 2002, the Company formed Trust III for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in subordinated debentures of the Company.  These subordinated debentures constitute the sole asset of Trust III.

 

In September 2003, the Company formed Trust IV for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in subordinated debentures of the Company.  These subordinated debentures constitute the sole asset of Trust IV.

 

The Mortgage Corp., a South Dakota corporation was previously engaged in the business of originating one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, which were sold into the secondary market.  The Mortgage Corp. had no activity during fiscal year 2005.

 

As a federally chartered thrift institution, the Bank is permitted by OTS regulations to invest up to 2.00% of its assets in the stock of, or loans to, service corporation subsidiaries.  The Bank may invest an additional 1.00% of its assets in service corporations where such additional funds are used for inner-city or community development purposes.  The Bank currently has less than 1.00% of its assets in investments in its subsidiary service corporations as defined by the OTS.  In addition to investments in service corporations, the Bank is permitted to invest an unlimited amount in operating subsidiaries engaged solely in activities in which the Bank may engage directly.

 

The Bank has five wholly-owned subsidiaries, Hometown Insurors, Inc. (“Hometown”), Mid America Capital, Home Federal Securitization Corp. (“HFSC”), Mid-America Service Corporation (“Mid-America”) and PMD, Inc. (“PMD”).

 

Hometown, a South Dakota corporation, provides financial and insurance products to customers of the Bank and members of the general public in the Bank’s market area.  Insurance products offered by Hometown primarily include annuities and life insurance products.  On August 8, 2003, the Company sold the property and casualty insurance book of business of Hometown to a third party for total proceeds of $375,000.  The sales agreement included a “covenant not to compete” clause prohibiting Hometown from directly or indirectly selling property or casualty insurance for three years in the state of South Dakota.  The transaction was effective as of July 31, 2003 and had an immaterial impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.  Hometown obtains its funding via a line of credit from the Bank.  Banking regulations do not limit the amount of funding provided to an operating subsidiary.  As of June 30, 2005, the Bank had advanced no funds on an approved line of credit of $100,000.  Intercompany interest income and interest expense are eliminated in the preparation of consolidated financial statements.

 

Mid America Capital, a South Dakota corporation, specializes in equipment finance leasing.  Mid America Capital obtains its funding via a line of credit from the Bank.  Banking regulations do not limit the amount of funding provided to an operating subsidiary.  As of June 30, 2005, the Bank had advanced $27.9 million on an approved line of credit of $35.0 million.  Intercompany interest income and interest expense are eliminated in the preparation of consolidated financial statements.

 

3



 

HFSC, a Delaware corporation, exists for the sole purpose of buying motor vehicle installment loans from the Bank to be securitized.  See Note 3 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”, which is included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Form 10-K, and Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K for further discussion on consumer automobile loan securitization.

 

Mid-America, a South Dakota corporation, previously provided residential appraisal services to the Bank and other lenders in the Bank’s market area until the third quarter of fiscal 2002.  The cessation of operations of Mid-America had no material effect on the consolidated financial statements.  Mid-America had no activity during fiscal year 2005.

 

PMD, a South Dakota corporation, in the past was engaged in the business of buying, selling and managing repossessed real estate properties.  PMD had no activity during fiscal year 2005.

 

Market Area

 

Based on total assets at June 30, 2005, the Bank is the largest savings association headquartered in South Dakota.  The Bank has a total of 34 banking centers in its market area and one internet branch located at www.homefederal.com.  The Bank’s primary market area includes communities located in eastern and central South Dakota, including the cities of Sioux Falls, Brandon, Pierre, Winner, Freeman, Dell Rapids, Hartford, Canton, Parker, Lennox, Mitchell, Aberdeen, Mobridge, Brookings, Redfield, Dakota Dunes, Colman, Crooks, Watertown and Yankton.  The Bank also has a branch in Marshall, Minnesota, which serves customers located in southwestern Minnesota, and its banking center located in Dakota Dunes, South Dakota which serves customers located in northwestern Iowa.  The Bank’s primary market area features a variety of agri-business, banking, financial services, health care and light manufacturing firms.  The internet branch allows access to customers beyond traditional geographical areas.

 

Mid America Capital provides services to customers primarily in a nine-state area in the upper Midwest, but originations can and have expanded nationwide based on relationships developed with existing Bank customers and other vendor relationships.

 

HF Group provides services to customers in the three-state region of South Dakota, Minnesota and Iowa.

 

Lending Activities

 

General.  The Bank originates a variety of loans including business banking loans, commercial and agricultural loans; mortgage lending, one- to four-family residential mortgages; and consumer loans, including loans for automobile purchases, home equity and home improvement loans and student loans.

 

Business Banking

 

Commercial Business Lending.  In order to serve the needs of the local business community and improve the interest rate sensitivity and yield of its assets, the Bank originates adjustable- and fixed-rate commercial loans.  Interest rates on commercial business loans adjust or float with a designated national index plus a specified margin.  The Bank’s commercial business lending activities encompass loans with a variety of purposes and security, including loans to finance accounts receivable, inventory and equipment and business expansion within the Bank’s market area.  The Bank originates commercial business loans directly and through programs sponsored by the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) of which a portion of such loans are also guaranteed in part by the SBA.  The Bank generally originates commercial business loans for its portfolio and retains the servicing with respect to such loans.  In the future, the Bank anticipates continued expansion and emphasis of its commercial business lending, subject to market conditions and the Home Owners’ Loan Act (“HOLA”) restrictions.    See “Regulation–Business Activities” below for HOLA restrictions.

 

Commercial business loans typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business.  As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, may be dependent

 

4



 

upon the general economic environment).  The Bank’s commercial business loans are occasionally secured by the assets of the business, such as accounts receivable, equipment and inventory.  However, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.  Whenever possible, the Bank’s commercial business loans include personal guarantees of the borrowers.  In addition, the loan officer may, on occasion, perform on-site visits, obtain financial statements and perform a financial review of the loan.

 

Multi-Family and Commercial Real Estate Lending.  The Bank engages in multi-family and commercial real estate lending primarily in South Dakota and the adjoining Midwestern states.  These lending activities may include existing property or new construction development or purchased loans.

 

Loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties are generally larger and involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.  If the cash flow from the project is reduced (for example, if leases are not obtained or renewed), the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. In addition, loans secured by property outside of the Bank’s primary market area may contain a higher degree of risk due to the fact that the Bank may not be as familiar with market conditions where such property is located.  The Bank does not have a material concentration of multi-family or commercial real estate loans outside of South Dakota and the adjoining Midwestern states.

 

The Bank presently originates adjustable-rate, short-term balloon payment, fixed-rate multi-family and commercial real estate loans.  The Bank’s multi-family and commercial real estate loan portfolio is secured primarily by apartment buildings and owner occupied and non-owner occupied commercial real estate.  The terms of such loans are negotiated on a case-by-case basis.  Commercial real estate loans generally have terms that do not exceed 25 years.  The Bank has a variety of rate adjustment features, call provisions and other terms in its multi-family and commercial real estate loan portfolio.  Generally, the loans are made in amounts up to 80.00% of the appraised value of the collateral property and with debt service coverage ratios of 115.00% or higher.  The debt service coverage is the ratio of net cash from operations before payment of debt service.  However, these percentages may vary depending on the type of security and the guarantor.  Such loans provide for a negotiated margin over a designated national index.  The Bank analyzes the financial condition of the borrower, the borrower’s credit history, the borrower’s prior record for producing sufficient income from similar loans, references and the reliability and predictability of the net income generated by the property securing the loan.  The Bank generally requires personal guarantees of borrowers.  Depending on the circumstances of the security of the loan or the relationship with the borrower, the Bank may decide to sell participations in the loan.  The sale of participation interests in a loan are necessitated by the amount of the loan or the limitation of Loans to One Borrower.  See “Regulation-Loans to One Borrower” for a discussion of the Loans to One Borrower regulations.  In return for servicing these loans for the participants, the Bank generally receives a fee of 0.25% to 0.38%.  Also, income is received at loan closing from loan fees and discount points.  Appraisals on properties securing multi-family and commercial real estate loans originated by the Bank are performed by appraisers approved pursuant to the Bank’s appraisal policy.

 

The HOLA includes a provision that limits the Bank’s non-residential real estate lending to no more than four times its total capital.  This maximum limitation, which at June 30, 2005 was $311.7 million, has not materially limited the Bank’s lending practices.

 

Under HOLA, the maximum amount which the Bank may lend to any one borrower is 15.00% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus or $11.7 million at June 30, 2005.  Loans in an amount equal to an additional 10.00% of unimpaired capital and surplus may be made to the same borrower if such loans are fully secured by readily marketable collateral.  The Bank may request a waiver from the OTS to exceed the 15.00% Loans to One Borrower limitation on a case by case basis.  The Bank is in compliance with the Loans to One Borrower limitation and had no borrowers in excess of the Loans to One Borrower requirements at June 30, 2005.  See “Regulation-Loans to One Borrower” for a discussion of the Loans to One Borrower regulations.

 

5



 

Construction and Development Lending.  The Bank makes construction loans to individuals for the construction of their residences as well as to builders and, to a lesser extent, developers for the construction of one- to four-family residences and condominiums and the development of one- to four-family lots in the Bank’s primary market area.

 

Construction loans to individuals for their residences are structured to be converted to mortgage loans at the end of the construction phase, which typically runs six to 12 months.  These construction loans have rates and terms which match the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans offered by the Bank.  Residential construction loans are generally underwritten pursuant to the same guidelines used for originating residential mortgage loans.

 

The Bank also makes loans to developers for the purpose of developing one- to four-family lots.  These loans typically have terms of one year and carry floating interest rates based on a national designated index.  Loan commitment and partial release fees are charged.  These loans generally provide for the payment of interest and loan fees from loan proceeds.  The principal balance of these loans is typically paid down as lots are sold.  Builder construction and development loans are obtained principally through continued business from developers and builders who have previously borrowed from the Bank, as well as broker referrals and direct solicitations of developers and builders.  The application process includes a submission to the Bank of plans, specifications and costs of the project to be constructed or developed.  These items are used as a basis to determine the appraised value of the subject property.  Loans are based on the lesser of current appraised value and/or the cost of construction (land plus building).

 

The Bank makes loans for the construction of multi-family residential properties.  Such loans are generally made at adjustable rates, which adjust periodically based on the appropriate Treasury Note maturity.

 

Construction loans are generally originated with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80.00% and land development loans are generally originated with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 60.00%, based upon an independent appraisal.  Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating development and construction costs and the market for the project upon completion, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total loan funds required to complete a project, the related loan-to-value ratios and the likelihood of ultimate success of the project.  Construction and development loans to borrowers other than owner occupants also involve many of the same risks discussed above regarding multi-family and commercial real estate loans and tend to be more sensitive to general economic conditions than many other types of loans.

 

Prior to making a commitment to fund a construction loan, the Bank requires an appraisal of the property, or, for larger projects, both an appraisal and a study of the feasibility of the proposed project.  The Bank’s construction loan policy provides for the inspection of properties by independent in-house and outside inspectors at the commencement of construction and prior to disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan.

 

Agricultural Loans.  In order to serve the needs of the local business community and improve the interest rate sensitivity and yield of its assets, the Bank originates agricultural loans through its agricultural division.  The agricultural division offers loans to its customers such as: (1) operating loans which are used to fund operating expenses which typically have a one year term and are indexed to the national prime rate; (2) term loans on machinery, equipment and breeding stock that may have a term up to seven years and require annual payments; (3) agricultural farmland term loans which are used to fund land purchases or refinances; (4) specialized livestock loans to fund facilities and equipment for confinement enterprises; and (5) loans to fund ethanol plant development.  Agriculture real estate loans typically will have personal guarantees of the borrowers, a first lien on the real estate, interest rates adjustable to the national prime rate or Treasury Note rates, and annual, quarterly or monthly payments.  Operating and term loans are secured by farm chattels (crops, livestock, machinery, etc.), which are the operating assets of the borrower.  The Bank also originates agricultural loans directly and through programs sponsored by the Farmers Service Agency (“FSA”) of which a portion of such loans are also guaranteed in part by the FSA.

 

Loan customers are required to supply current financial statements, tax returns for the past three to five years, and cash flow projections which are updated on an annual basis.  In addition, on major loans, the loan officer will perform an annual farm visit, obtain financial statements and perform a financial review of the loan.

 

6



 

Mortgage Lending

 

One- to Four-Family Residential Mortgage Lending.  One- to four-family residential mortgage loan originations are primarily generated by the Bank’s marketing efforts, its present customers, walk-in customers and referrals from real estate brokers and builders.  The Bank has focused its lending efforts primarily on the origination of loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences.

 

The Bank currently makes 10-, 15- and 30-year fixed- and adjustable-rate (“ARM”) one- to four-family residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 95.00% of the appraised value of the collateral property provided that private mortgage insurance is obtained in an amount sufficient to reduce the Bank’s exposure at or below the 80.00% level.  The Bank generally offers an ARM loan having a fixed rate for the initial three to five years, which then converts to a one-year ARM loan for the remainder of the life of the loan.  The Bank also offers a one-year ARM loan with a rate below the Bank’s then current fixed-rate loan for a comparable 15- or 30-year term loan.  These loans provide for an annual cap and a lifetime cap at a set percent over the fully-indexed rate.

 

The Bank also offers a 30-year balloon loan, which is sold on the secondary market and has a fixed-rate for the first five or seven years of the loan.  At the end of the five- or seven-year period, the loan converts to a 23- or 25-year fixed-rate loan at the then current market rate provided that the borrower qualifies at the new rate.  If the borrower fails to qualify at the new rate, the loan becomes payable in full.  The Bank also offers a portfolio five- and seven-year balloon loan that is underwritten to secondary market standards but is fully payable at the end of the balloon term.

 

To meet the needs of the Bank’s borrowers and financial needs of the communities it serves, the Bank has developed two distinct types of loan programs.  The Integrity Mortgage Program is a limited documentation program that is generally available to the upper credit customer.  The Olympic Plus Program is a program for individuals that do not meet secondary market standards but are eligible for private mortgage insurance.  The program underwriting guidelines match those as established by the private mortgage insurance company.  Borrowers may choose from either an ARM or balloon product as a financing option.

 

The Bank also offers fixed-rate 10- to 30-year mortgage loans that conform to secondary market standards. Interest rates charged on these fixed-rate loans are competitively priced on a daily basis according to market conditions.  Residential loans generally do not include prepayment penalties.

 

The Bank also originates fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans through the South Dakota Housing Development Authority (“SDHDA”) program.  These loans generally have terms not to exceed 30 years and are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), Veterans Administration (“VA”), Rural Development or private mortgage insurance.  The Bank receives an origination fee of 1.00% of the loan amount from the borrower and a servicing fee of generally 0.38% from the SDHDA for these services.  The Bank is the largest servicer of loans for the SDHDA.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank serviced $465.3 million of mortgage loans for the SDHDA.  See Note 6 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”, which is included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” in this Form 10-K for information on loan servicing.

 

In underwriting one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, the Bank evaluates both the borrower’s ability to make monthly payments and the value of the property securing the loan.  The property that secures the real estate loans made by the Bank is appraised by an appraiser approved under the Bank’s appraisal policy.  The Bank requires borrowers to obtain title, fire and casualty insurance in an amount not less than the amount of the loan.  Real estate loans originated by the Bank contain a “due-on-sale” clause allowing the Bank to declare the unpaid principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the collateral property.

 

In February 2005, the Bank introduced QuickClickTM Online Mortgage Solutions, a service that allows customers to check rates, research loan options and complete mortgage applications via the Bank’s website.  This service is currently available to our branch locations in South Dakota and Minnesota with plans to expand to neighboring states.

 

7



 

Consumer Lending

 

Other Consumer Lending.  The Bank’s management considers its consumer loan products to be an important component of its lending strategy.  Specifically, consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity and carry higher rates of interest than do one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.  In addition, the Bank’s management believes that the offering of consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to its existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities.

 

The Bank currently purchases automobile conditional sales contracts from selected dealers within its market area, as well as originating automobile loans directly.  The growth in indirect lending has provided securitization opportunities in the capital markets.  On January 31, 2003, the Bank sold approximately $40.1 million principal of indirect and $9.9 million principal of direct automobile receivables in a securitization transaction.  The proceeds were used in part to continue to service the demand of the Bank’s dealer network.  Securitization is a source of funds at a rate lower than other sources of funds, and it reduces the Bank’s capital requirements and credit risk to the Bank from the loans sold.  See Note 3 of  “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”, which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K, for details on the consumer automobile loan securitization.

 

Loans secured by second mortgages, together with loans secured by all prior liens, are limited to 100.00% or less of the appraised or assessed value of the property securing the loan and generally have maximum terms that do not exceed 10 to 15 years.

 

The student loans originated by the Bank are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the South Dakota Education Assistance Corporation.  The Bank sells such student loans with servicing rights released approximately 120 days after funds have been disbursed to the student.  The Bank receives a market premium on the sale of the loan amount.

 

Consumer loan terms vary according to the type of collateral, length of contract and creditworthiness of the borrower.  The Bank offers both open- and closed-end credit.  Overdraft lending is extended through lines of credit that are tied to a checking account.  The credit lines generally bear interest at 18.00% and are generally limited to no more than $2,000.  Loans secured by deposit accounts at the Bank are currently originated for up to 90.00% of the account balance (although historically the Bank has loaned up to 100.00% of the account balance), with a hold placed on the account restricting the withdrawal of the account balance.  The interest rate on such loans is typically equal to 2.00% above the contract rate.

 

The underwriting standards employed by the Bank for consumer loans include an application, a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts, and an assessment of the ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan.  Although creditworthiness of the applicant is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security, if any, in relation to the proposed loan amount.

 

Consumer loans may entail greater credit risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans, which are unsecured or are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles or boats.  In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.  In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.

 

8



 

Leasing Activities

 

General. Through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mid America Capital, the Bank originates commercial and municipal leases.  These products have a fixed interest rate for the duration of the lease with terms typically ranging from 24 – 60 months.  The leases generally are 100.00% financed with only the first or first and last months’ payments due at lease inception.  As a result of the 100.00% financing and fixed interest rate, the yield on leases is higher than similar type lending products.

 

Leases are originated generally in a nine-state area in the upper Midwest.  All leases are secured by the equipment leased, with personal guarantees of the borrowers normally obtained on commercial leases.

 

Commercial Leases.   In order to support the Bank and its customers and to improve the yield of its assets, Mid America Capital originates commercial leases to customers primarily in the upper Midwest.  Mid America Capital offers three types of commercial leases: capital, tax and Terminal Rental Adjustment Clause (“TRAC”) leases.  TRAC leases are generally for medium- to heavy-duty titled equipment, such as semi-tractors and trailers and medium- to heavy-duty trucks.  Leases may be structured with a contracted residual of as little as $1.00 up to 20.00-25.00% of the equipment cost.  Leases encompass a wide variety of equipment for a variety of commercial uses.   The customer base tends to be small- to medium-sized businesses that view leasing as another financing option that augments their overall operation.  Repayment terms tend to be monthly in nature.

 

As with commercial loans, commercial leases typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of their business.  As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial leases may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself.  The collateral securing the leases will generally depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

 

Municipal Leases.   The Bank and Mid America Capital also originates leases to municipal entities such as cities, counties, and public schools.  The lessee must be a political subdivision of the state in order to qualify as a municipal lease.   Because the interest income earned on this type of lease is exempt from federal income taxes, the rate offered to the municipality is usually substantially lower than a comparable commercial lease.  Repayment terms generally are on a monthly, semi-annual or annual basis.  Residuals are $1.00 for municipal leases.

 

Repayment is based on the municipality’s ability to levy and collect taxes.  Assuming the municipality has a bond rating, that bond rating, together with audited financial statements are the basis for the lease.  On larger leases, bond ratings and financial statements will be reviewed annually.

 

9



 

Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition.  The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio from continuing operations in dollar amounts and in percentages (before deductions for the undisbursed portion of loans in process, deferred fees and discounts and allowance for losses) as of the dates indicated.  Balances related to discontinued credit card loan operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Real Estate Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family (1)

 

$

106,832

 

15.46

%

$

104,492

 

15.80

%

$

100,065

 

16.18

%

$

79,074

 

13.78

%

$

124,951

 

21.71

%

Multi-family

 

34,241

 

4.95

 

42,721

 

6.46

 

49,364

 

7.98

 

56,952

 

9.92

 

44,378

 

7.71

 

Commercial

 

98,243

 

14.22

 

89,538

 

13.54

 

93,405

 

15.10

 

89,111

 

15.53

 

73,720

 

12.81

 

Agricultural

 

23,954

 

3.47

 

20,449

 

3.09

 

18,002

 

2.91

 

12,722

 

2.22

 

12,753

 

2.21

 

Construction and development

 

15,454

 

2.24

 

15,044

 

2.28

 

9,083

 

1.47

 

12,738

 

2.22

 

28,419

 

4.94

 

Total real estate loans

 

278,724

 

40.34

 

272,244

 

41.17

 

269,919

 

43.64

 

250,597

 

43.67

 

284,221

 

49.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Loans and Leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobile home

 

563

 

0.08

 

848

 

0.13

 

1,468

 

0.24

 

2,365

 

0.41

 

3,920

 

0.68

 

Automobiles

 

108,621

 

15.72

 

101,669

 

15.38

 

74,066

 

11.98

 

84,782

 

14.77

 

78,082

 

13.57

 

Deposit account

 

1,253

 

0.18

 

1,489

 

0.22

 

1,463

 

0.24

 

1,597

 

0.28

 

1,917

 

0.33

 

Student (2)

 

400

 

0.06

 

324

 

0.05

 

7,745

 

1.25

 

7,340

 

1.28

 

6,831

 

1.19

 

Junior liens on mortgages

 

87,243

 

12.63

 

85,684

 

12.96

 

81,064

 

13.11

 

73,680

 

12.84

 

61,397

 

10.67

 

Other

 

5,405

 

0.78

 

4,900

 

0.74

 

6,035

 

0.98

 

8,529

 

1.49

 

10,939

 

1.90

 

Total consumer loans

 

203,485

 

29.45

 

194,914

 

29.48

 

171,841

 

27.80

 

178,293

 

31.07

 

163,086

 

28.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business (3)

 

125,569

 

18.17

 

124,158

 

18.78

 

113,570

 

18.36

 

95,462

 

16.63

 

97,362

 

16.92

 

Equipment finance leases (3)

 

33,090

 

4.79

 

26,942

 

4.07

 

23,016

 

3.72

 

22,834

 

3.98

 

10,509

 

1.82

 

Agricultural

 

50,088

 

7.25

 

42,953

 

6.50

 

40,109

 

6.48

 

26,707

 

4.65

 

20,370

 

3.54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other loans and leases

 

412,232

 

59.66

 

388,967

 

58.83

 

348,536

 

56.36

 

323,296

 

56.33

 

291,327

 

50.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross loans and leases

 

$

690,956

 

100.00

%

$

661,211

 

100.00

%

$

618,455

 

100.00

%

$

573,893

 

100.00

%

$

575,548

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Undisbursed portion of loans in process

 

(6,350

)

 

 

(7,338

)

 

 

(3,576

)

 

 

(4,678

)

 

 

(3,853

)

 

 

Deferred fees and discounts

 

1,289

 

 

 

1,029

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

(133

)

 

 

Allowance for losses

 

(5,076

)

 

 

(3,605

)

 

 

(3,842

)

 

 

(4,461

)

 

 

(5,509

)

 

 

Total loans and leases receivable, net

 

$

680,819

 

 

 

$

651,297

 

 

 

$

611,401

 

 

 

$

565,258

 

 

 

$

566,053

 

 

 

 


(1)          Includes one- to four-family loans held for sale

(2)          Includes student loans held for sale

(3)          Includes tax-exempt leases

 

10



 

The following table sets forth the composition of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio from continuing operations by fixed- and adjustable-rate in dollar amounts and in percentages (before deductions for the undisbursed portion of loans in process, deferred fees and discounts and allowance for losses) as of the dates indicated.  Balances related to discontinued credit card loan operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.  Variable loans are tied to various indices including prime rate and the treasury yield curve and have reset dates ranging from daily to several years.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

Amount

 

Percent
of Total

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

Fixed-Rate Loans and Leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family (1)

 

$

65,605

 

9.49

%

$

70,895

 

10.72

%

$

72,472

 

11.72

%

$

45,804

 

7.98

%

$

78,350

 

13.61

%

Multi-family, commercial & construction

 

40,380

 

5.84

 

44,065

 

6.66

 

41,231

 

6.67

 

44,842

 

7.81

 

39,752

 

6.91

 

Agricultural

 

4,096

 

0.59

 

2,609

 

0.39

 

4,760

 

0.77

 

1,305

 

0.23

 

3,433

 

0.60

 

Total real estate loans

 

110,081

 

15.92

 

117,569

 

17.77

 

118,463

 

19.16

 

91,951

 

16.02

 

121,535

 

21.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer (2)

 

141,942

 

20.54

 

133,012

 

20.12

 

110,037

 

17.79

 

127,488

 

22.21

 

125,955

 

21.88

 

Agricultural

 

6,759

 

0.98

 

3,905

 

0.59

 

5,285

 

0.85

 

5,596

 

0.98

 

6,007

 

1.04

 

Equipment finance leases (3)

 

33,090

 

4.79

 

26,942

 

4.07

 

23,016

 

3.72

 

22,834

 

3.98

 

10,509

 

1.82

 

Commercial business (3)

 

29,741

 

4.30

 

26,631

 

4.03

 

23,839

 

3.85

 

21,463

 

3.74

 

25,983

 

4.52

 

Total fixed-rate loans and leases

 

321,613

 

46.53

 

308,059

 

46.58

 

280,640

 

45.37

 

269,332

 

46.93

 

289,989

 

50.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustable-Rate Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family (1)

 

41,227

 

5.97

 

33,597

 

5.08

 

27,593

 

4.46

 

33,270

 

5.80

 

46,601

 

8.10

 

Multi-family, commercial & construction

 

107,558

 

15.57

 

103,238

 

15.61

 

110,621

 

17.89

 

113,959

 

19.86

 

106,765

 

18.55

 

Agricultural

 

19,858

 

2.87

 

17,840

 

2.70

 

13,242

 

2.14

 

11,417

 

1.99

 

9,320

 

1.62

 

Total real estate loans

 

168,643

 

24.41

 

154,675

 

23.39

 

151,456

 

24.49

 

158,646

 

27.65

 

162,686

 

28.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer (2) (4)

 

61,543

 

8.92

 

61,902

 

9.37

 

61,804

 

10.00

 

50,805

 

8.85

 

37,131

 

6.45

 

Agricultural

 

43,329

 

6.27

 

39,048

 

5.91

 

34,824

 

5.63

 

21,111

 

3.68

 

14,363

 

2.50

 

Commercial business

 

95,828

 

13.87

 

97,527

 

14.75

 

89,731

 

14.51

 

73,999

 

12.89

 

71,379

 

12.40

 

Total adjustable-rate loans

 

369,343

 

53.47

 

353,152

 

53.42

 

337,815

 

54.63

 

304,561

 

53.07

 

285,559

 

49.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

 

$

690,956

 

100.00

%

$

661,211

 

100.00

%

$

618,455

 

100.00

%

$

573,893

 

100.00

%

$

575,548

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Undisbursed portion of loans in process

 

(6,350

)

 

 

(7,338

)

 

 

(3,576

)

 

 

(4,678

)

 

 

(3,853

)

 

 

Deferred fees and discounts

 

1,289

 

 

 

1,029

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

(133

)

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(5,076

)

 

 

(3,605

)

 

 

(3,842

)

 

 

(4,461

)

 

 

(5,509

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans and leases receivable, net

 

$

680,819

 

 

 

$

651,297

 

 

 

$

611,401

 

 

 

$

565,258

 

 

 

$

566,053

 

 

 

 


(1)          Includes one- to four-family loans held for sale

(2)          Includes mobile home loans

(3)          Includes tax-exempt leases

(4)          Includes student loans held for sale

 

11



 

The following schedule illustrates the scheduled principal contractual repayments of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio from continuing operations at June 30, 2005.  Mortgages which have adjustable or renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing at the contractual maturity date.  The schedule does not reflect the effects of possible prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses.

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

Non-Real Estate

 

 

 

One- to Four-
Family (1)

 

Multi-
Family

 

Commercial

 

Agricultural

 

Construction &
Development

 

Consumer (2)

 

Commercial
Business (3)

 

Agricultural

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Due in 1 year or less

 

$

14,077

 

$

1,864

 

$

14,005

 

$

1,175

 

$

12,454

 

$

42,940

 

$

76,040

 

$

38,313

 

$

200,868

 

After 1 to 5 years

 

23,663

 

9,859

 

38,256

 

4,613

 

3,000

 

157,661

 

64,044

 

8,296

 

309,392

 

Greater than 5 years

 

69,092

 

22,518

 

45,982

 

18,166

 

 

2,884

 

18,575

 

3,479

 

180,696

 

Total

 

$

106,832

 

$

34,241

 

$

98,243

 

$

23,954

 

$

15,454

 

$

203,485

 

$

158,659

 

$

50,088

 

$

690,956

 

 


(1) Includes one- to four-family loans held for sale.

(2) Includes demand loans, loans having no stated maturity, student loans held for sale and overdraft loans.

(3) Includes equipment finance leases and tax-exempt leases.

 

The total amount of loans due after June 30, 2006 which have predetermined interest rates is $244.0 million, while the total amount of loans due after such date which have floating or adjustable interest rates is $246.1 million.

 

Scheduled contractual principal repayments of loans do not reflect the actual life of such assets.  The average life of loans is substantially less than their average contractual terms because of prepayments.  In addition, due-on-sale clauses on loans generally give the Bank the right to declare a conventional loan immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, that the borrower sells the real property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid.  The average life of mortgage loans tends to increase when current mortgage loan rates are substantially higher than rates on existing mortgage loans and decrease when rates on existing mortgages are substantially higher than current mortgage loan rates.  The Company’s 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K schedule for payments due within 1 year or less totaled $183.8 million.  The Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for fiscal year 2005 displays total principal collected on loans and leases totaling $192.9 million.  The difference is due to prepayments of loans at June 30, 2004 and to contractual payments and prepayments for new loans in fiscal year 2005.

 

12



 

The following table sets forth the composition of the Company’s deferred fees and discounts on loans as of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

(576

)

$

(561

)

$

(510

)

$

(554

)

$

(939

)

Multi-family, commercial real estate & construction

 

(278

)

(334

)

(407

)

(508

)

(579

)

Consumer

 

122

 

113

 

65

 

5

 

3

 

Agricultural

 

(32

)

(32

)

(16

)

(28

)

(20

)

Equipment finance leases

 

80

 

77

 

54

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

(15

)

(125

)

(164

)

(16

)

(18

)

Dealer reserve

 

1,988

 

1,891

 

1,342

 

1,605

 

1,420

 

Total deferred fees and discounts

 

$

1,289

 

$

1,029

 

$

364

 

$

504

 

$

(133

)

 

Deferred fees and discounts on loans have trended from net deferred revenue to net deferred costs due to several factors, including the following:

 

                  An increasing amount of indirect automobile loans that include prepaid dealer reserves.  This increase was partially offset as a result of the sale of $50.0 million of automobile loans in January 2003, which resulted in a reduction of $1.0 million in prepaid dealer reserves at the time of the sale.

 

                  The mortgage portfolio had a large turnover during 2002 through 2004 due to low interest rates and strong demand, which were booked with relatively higher origination costs compared to the origination fees charged, than those booked in prior years.

 

                  During fiscal 2005, the Company experienced loan payoffs primarily in multi-family, commercial real estate and commercial business.  These payoffs are due to competitive factors, both in price competition and new competitors entering the market.

 

13



 

Potential Problem Loans

 

Nonperforming Assets.  See “Asset Quality” under Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K for discussion.

 

Classified Assets.  Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans, leases and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the OTS to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the Company will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.”  Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets which do not currently expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses, are required to be designated “criticized” or “special mention” by management.

 

When the Company classifies problem assets as “loss, ” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100.00% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount.  The Company’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the Bank’s Regional Director at the regional OTS office, who may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

 

In connection with the filing of its periodic reports with the OTS and in accordance with its classification of assets policy, the Company regularly reviews problem loans and leases in its portfolio to determine whether any loans or leases require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.  On the basis of management’s monthly review of its assets, at June 30, 2005, the Company had designated $10.6 million of its assets as special mention and $7.0 million of its assets as classified.  Other potential problem loans are included in criticized and classified assets.  See “Asset Quality” under Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K for further discussion.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. See “Application of Critical Accounting Policies” and “Asset Quality” under Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K for discussion.

 

14



 

Investment Activities

 

The Bank is required under OTS regulation to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets.  Liquidity may increase or decrease depending upon the availability of funds and comparative yields on investments in relation to the return on loans.

 

Federally chartered savings institutions have the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements and federal funds.  Subject to various restrictions, federally chartered savings institutions may also invest their assets in commercial paper, investment grade corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally chartered savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly.

 

Generally, the investment policy of the Bank is to invest funds among various categories of investments and maturities based upon the Bank’s asset/liability management policies, investment quality and marketability, liquidity needs and performance objectives.

 

At June 30, 2005, the Company’s investments in mortgage-backed securities totaled $121.3 million, or 13.5% of its total assets. As of such date, the Bank also had a $7.7 million investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (“FHLB” or “FHLB of Des Moines”) in order to satisfy the FHLB of Des Moines’ requirement for membership.

 

The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio, excluding equity securities, are indicated in the following table.

 

 

 

At June 30, 2005

 

 

 

1 Year or Less

 

After 1 to 5 Years

 

After 5 to 10 Years

 

Greater than 10 Years

 

Total Investment
Securities

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Weighted
Average
Yield

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies & corporations

 

$

 

 

$

3,000

 

3.16

%

$

2,000

 

3.99

%

$

 

 

$

5,000

 

$

4,986

 

Federal Home Loan Bank

 

 

 

 

 

2,474

 

4.63

%

1,500

 

3.99

%

 

 

3,974

 

3,996

 

Municipal bonds

 

1,201

 

2.18

%

1,784

 

2.34

%

100

 

3.65

%

 

 

3,085

 

3,069

 

Preferred term securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,000

 

4.89

%

9,000

 

9,056

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

7.03

%

7,528

 

4.62

%

115,116

 

4.54

%

122,667

 

121,251

 

Total investment securities

 

$

1,201

 

 

 

$

7,281

 

 

 

$

11,128

 

 

 

$

124,116

 

 

 

$

143,726

 

$

142,358

 

 

The effective maturities for the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities is much shorter due to the combination of prepayments and the variable nature of $103.9 million of mortgage-backed securities.  The variable or hybrid (fixed for a period of time and then variable thereafter) structure gives the Bank flexibility in risk management of the balance sheet.

 

The Company’s investment securities portfolio did not contain non-investment grade bonds (i.e., “junk bonds”) or other corporate debt securities.

 

The Bank’s investment security portfolio is managed in accordance with a written investment policy adopted by the Board of Directors.  Investments may be made by the Bank’s officers within specified limits and approved in advance by the Board of Directors for transactions over these limits.  At the present time, the Bank does not have any investments that are held for trading purposes.  At June 30, 2005, the Company had $142.4 million of securities available for sale, including mortgage-backed securities of $121.3 million.  See Note 4 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K, for further information on the Company’s investment portfolio.

 

15



 

Sources of Funds

 

General.  The Company’s primary sources of funds are earnings, in-market deposits, FHLB advances and other borrowings, amortization and repayments of loan principal, mortgage-backed securities and callable agency securities.  Secondary sources include sales of mortgage loans, sales and/or maturities of securities, out-of-market deposits and short-term investments.

 

Borrowings of the Bank are primarily from the FHLB of Des Moines, and may be used on a short-term basis to compensate for seasonal reductions in deposits or deposit inflows at less than projected levels, and may be used on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities.  The Bank has established collateral at the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) as a contingent source of funding.  See Note 9 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data “ of this Form 10-K, for further detail of the Company’s borrowings.

 

Deposits.  The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms.  The Bank’s deposits consist of statement savings accounts, checking accounts, money market and certificate accounts ranging in terms from 30 days to five years.  The Bank primarily solicits deposits from its market area.  The Bank relies primarily on customer service, competitive pricing policies and advertising to attract and retain these deposits.  Based on liquidity needs, the Bank may, from time to time, acquire out-of-market deposits.

 

The flow of deposits is influenced by general economic conditions, changes in money market and prevailing interest rates and competition.

 

The variety of deposit accounts offered by the Bank has allowed it to be competitive in obtaining funds and to respond with flexibility to changes in consumer demand.  In recent years, the Bank has become more susceptible to short-term fluctuations in deposit flows as customers have become more interest rate conscious.  The Bank manages the pricing of its deposits in keeping with its asset/liability management and profitability objectives.  Based on its experience, the Bank believes that its statement savings, money market, and checking accounts are stable sources of deposits.  However, the ability of the Bank to attract and maintain certificates of deposit, and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.

 

16



 

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits in the various types of deposit accounts offered by the Bank as of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Total

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Total

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Transaction Accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing accounts

 

$

85,705

 

12.58

%

$

75,251

 

11.42

%

$

77,004

 

12.39

%

Interest bearing accounts weighted average rates of 0.52%, 0.18%, and 0.16% at June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003

 

50,120

 

7.36

 

45,738

 

6.95

 

43,699

 

7.03

 

Savings accounts weighted average rates of 1.93%, 0.72% and  0.68% at June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003

 

63,235

 

9.28

 

63,670

 

9.67

 

54,462

 

8.77

 

Money market accounts(1) weighted average rates of 2.80%, 1.40% and 1.41% at June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003

 

209,116

 

30.70

 

211,928

 

32.17

 

178,113

 

28.66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total transaction accounts

 

408,176

 

59.92

 

396,587

 

60.21

 

353,278

 

56.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In-Market Certificates of Deposit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 - 3.99%

 

216,461

 

31.78

 

206,552

 

31.36

 

174,662

 

28.11

 

4.00 - 4.99%

 

19,356

 

2.84

 

16,102

 

2.44

 

21,112

 

3.40

 

5.00 - 5.99%

 

7,322

 

1.07

 

10,312

 

1.57

 

17,711

 

2.85

 

6.00 - 6.99%

 

1,605

 

0.24

 

12,335

 

1.87

 

18,040

 

2.90

 

7.00 - 7.99%

 

 

 

1,006

 

0.15

 

985

 

0.16

 

Total in-market certificates of deposit

 

244,744

 

35.93

 

246,307

 

37.39

 

232,510

 

37.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Out-of-market certificates of deposit weighted average rate of    3.09%, 2.23% and 2.11% at June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003

 

28,296

 

4.15

 

15,825

 

2.40

 

35,593

 

5.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total certificates of deposit

 

273,040

 

40.08

 

262,132

 

39.79

 

268,103

 

43.15

 

Total deposits

 

$

681,216

 

100.00

%

$

658,719

 

100.00

%

$

621,381

 

100.00

%

 


(1)     Includes out-of-market money market accounts in the amount of $1.9 million, $18.4 million and $14.1 million at June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

17



 

The following table sets forth the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit and other deposits by time remaining until maturity as of June 30, 2005.

 

 

 

Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

3 Months

 

3 to 6

 

6 to 12

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

or Less

 

Months

 

Months

 

12 Months

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000

 

$

22,246

 

$

15,640

 

$

40,483

 

$

100,484

 

$

178,853

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

3,196

 

3,419

 

7,097

 

25,120

 

38,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Out-of-market certificates of deposit (1) (2)

 

15,961

 

14,139

 

2,220

 

3,332

 

35,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public funds (3) (4)

 

10,041

 

4,256

 

4,099

 

1,307

 

19,703

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total certificates of deposit

 

$

51,444

 

$

37,454

 

$

53,899

 

$

130,243

 

$

273,040

 

 


(1)                                  Includes funds from the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) certificate of deposit program of $7,356.

(2)                                  Includes certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater of $25,953.

(3)                                  Includes certificates of deposit from governmental and other public entities, excluding out-of-market certificates of deposit.

(4)                                  Includes certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater of $18.1 million.

 

The Bank solicits certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater from various state, county and local government units which carry rates which are negotiated at the time of deposit.  See Note 8 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.  Deposits at June 30, 2005 and 2004 included $51.6 million and $53.0 million, respectively, of deposits from one local governmental entity, the majority of which are savings accounts.

 

Borrowings.  Although deposits are the Bank’s primary source of funds, the Bank’s policy has been to utilize borrowings when they are a less costly source of funds or can be invested at a positive rate of return.

 

The Bank’s borrowings consist primarily of advances from the FHLB of Des Moines upon the security of its capital stock of the FHLB of Des Moines and certain pledgable loans, including but not limited to, its mortgage related loans, mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government and other agency securities.  Such advances can be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank’s FHLB advances totaled $119.0 million, representing 14.1% of total Company liabilities.  See Note 9 of  “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K, for further detail of the Company’s borrowings.

 

18



 

The following table sets forth the maximum month-end balances and average balances of FHLB and FRB advances and other borrowings at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Maximum Month-End Balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB and FRB advances

 

$

140,590

 

$

92,985

 

$

134,503

 

Other borrowings

 

760

 

817

 

5,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB and FRB advances

 

$

110,398

 

$

79,038

 

$

99,064

 

Other borrowings

 

934

 

1,831

 

1,201

 

 

The following table sets forth certain information as to the Bank’s FHLB and FRB advances and other borrowings of the Company at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB and FRB advances

 

$

118,959

 

$

92,985

 

$

84,498

 

Other borrowings

 

705

 

765

 

5,321

 

Total borrowings

 

$

119,664

 

$

93,750

 

$

89,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate of FHLB and FRB advances

 

4.13

%

3.96

%

4.70

%

 

Consumer Automobile Loan Securitization.  The growth in indirect lending has previously provided securitization opportunities in the capital markets.  On January 31, 2003, the Bank sold approximately $40.1 million principal of indirect and $9.9 million principal of direct automobile receivables in a securitization transaction.  See Note 3 of  “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K, for details on the consumer automobile loan securitization.  The Bank will continue to review opportunities to securitize automobile production in the future.

 

Competition

 

The Bank faces strong competition, both in originating real estate, commercial and consumer loans and in attracting deposits. Competition in originating real estate loans comes primarily from other commercial banks, credit unions and mortgage bankers making loans secured by real estate located in the Bank’s market areas. Commercial banks and finance companies provide vigorous competition in consumer lending.  The Bank competes for real estate and other loans principally on the basis of the quality of services it provides to borrowers, interest rates and loan fees it charges and the types of loans it originates.

 

The Bank attracts the majority of its deposits through its retail banking offices, primarily from the communities in which those retail banking offices are located.  As such, competition for those deposits is principally from other commercial banks and credit unions located in the same communities.  The Bank competes for these deposits by offering a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates, convenient business hours, and convenient branch locations with interbranch deposit and withdrawal privileges at each.

 

Employees

 

At June 30, 2005, the Bank had a total of 309 full-time equivalent employees (“FTEs”) including nine FTEs of the Bank’s subsidiary corporations.  The Bank’s employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group.  Management considers its relations with its employees to be good.

 

19



 

Regulation

 

General.  The Bank is a federally chartered thrift institution, the deposits of which are federally insured by the SAIF of the FDIC.  Accordingly, the Bank is subject to broad federal regulation and oversight extending to all its operations, by its primary federal regulator, the OTS.  The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines and is subject to certain limited regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.  As the unitary thrift holding company of the Bank, the Company also is subject to federal regulation and oversight by the OTS.  The purpose of the regulation of the Company and other holding companies is to protect subsidiary savings associations where deposits are federally insured.

 

Certain of these regulatory requirements and restrictions are discussed below or elsewhere in this document.  The following discussion is intended to be a summary of the material statutes, regulations and policies applicable to savings associations and their holding companies, and it does not purport to be a complete discussion of all such statutes, regulations and policies.

 

Regulation of Federal Savings Associations.  The OTS has extensive authority over the operations of federal savings associations, such as the Bank.  Pursuant to this authority, the Bank is required to file periodic reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic examinations primarily by the OTS and to a lesser extent by the FDIC.  The last examination of the Bank by the OTS concluded on February 7, 2005.  Examiners may require a federal savings association to provide for higher general or specific loan loss reserves.

 

Assessments.  The OTS has established a schedule for the assessment of fees upon all savings associations to fund the operations of the OTS.  The general assessment, paid on a semiannual basis, is computed by totaling three components:  the Bank’s total assets, supervisory condition, and complexity of operations.  The Bank’s OTS assessment (standard assessment) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, was approximately $173,000.

 

Enforcement.  The OTS has primary enforcement responsibility over savings associations, including the Bank.  This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders and to remove directors and officers.  In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and to unsafe or unsound practices.  Under the FDI Act, the FDIC has the authority to recommend to the Director of the OTS that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings association.  If action is not taken by the OTS, the FDIC may take action under certain circumstances.

 

Safety and Soundness Standards.  Under federal law, the OTS has adopted a set of guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards.  The guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits.  In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines.  The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder.

 

In addition, the OTS adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, the OTS to order an institution that has been given notice by the OTS that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan.  If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the OTS must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing corrective actions and other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized association is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of FDICIA.  If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the OTS may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

 

20



 

Prompt Corrective Action Standards.  The OTS and the FDIC are authorized and, under certain circumstances, required to take certain actions against any association that fails to meet its capital requirements.  For this purpose, a savings bank is placed in one of the following four categories based on the associations capital:  (a) well-capitalized, (b) adequately capitalized, (c) undercapitalized or (d) critically undercapitalized.

 

At June 30, 2005, the Bank met the criteria for being well-capitalized.  When appropriate, the OTS can require corrective action by a savings association holding company under the “prompt corrective action” provision of federal law.

 

Business Activities.  The Bank derives its lending and investment powers from the HOLA, and the regulations of the OTS thereunder.  Under these laws and regulations, the Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets.  The Bank may also establish service corporations that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for the Bank, including certain real estate equity investments and securities and insurance brokerage.  These investment powers are subject to various limitations, including (a) a prohibition against the acquisition of any corporate debt security that is not rated in one of the four highest rating categories; (b) a limit of 400.00% of an association’s capital on the aggregate amount of loans secured by non-residential real estate property; (c) a limit of 20.00% of an association’s assets on the aggregate amount of commercial and agricultural loans and leases with the amount of commercial loans in excess of 10.00% of assets being limited to small business loans; (d) a limit of 35.00% of an association’s assets on the aggregate amount of consumer loans and acquisitions of certain debt securities; (e) a limit of 5.00% of assets on non-conforming loans (loans in excess of the specific limitations of the HOLA); and (f) a limit of the greater of 5.00% of assets or an association’s capital on certain construction loans made for the purpose of financing what is or is expected to become residential property.  In addition, the HOLA and the OTS regulations provide that a federal savings association may invest up to 10.00% of its assets in tangible personal property for leasing purposes.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank met the 10.00% leasing limitation with 3.56% of total Bank assets.  Such general leases, however, do not have to be aggregated with the institution’s loans for purposes of the HOLA’s investment and lending limitations.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank met the 20.00% limitation with 16.49% of total Bank assets.

 

Loan- To-One Borrower.  Under the HOLA, the Bank is generally subject to the same limits on loans-to-one borrower as are imposed on national banks.  With specified exceptions, the Bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15.00% of the association’s unimpaired capital and surplus.  Additional amounts may be loaned, not in excess of 10.00% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loans or extensions of credit are fully secured by readily-marketable collateral.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank’s lending limit under this restriction was $11.7 million.  The Bank is in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitation and had no borrowers in excess of the loans-to-one borrower requirements at June 30, 2005.

 

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC.  The Bank is a member of, and pays deposit insurance assessments to, the SAIF, which is administered by the FDIC.  Savings deposits are insured up to $100,000 per insured member (as defined by law and regulation) by the FDIC and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.  As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions.  It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the FDIC.  The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings associations, after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such action, and may terminate the deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

 

The FDIC established a risk based assessment system for determining the deposit insurance assessments to be paid by insured depositary institutions.  Under the assessment system, the FDIC assigns an institution to one of three capital categories based on the institution’s financial information as of its most recent quarterly financial report filed with the applicable bank regulatory agency prior to commencement of the assessment period.  The three capital categories consist of (a) well-capitalized, (b) adequately capitalized, or (c) undercapitalized.  The FDIC also assigns an institution to one of three supervisory subcategories within each capital group.  The supervisory subgroup to which an institution is assigned is based on a supervisory evaluation provided to the FDIC by the institution’s primary federal regulator and information that the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the deposit insurance funds.  An institution’s assessment rate depends on the capital

 

21



 

category and supervisory subcategory to which it is assigned.  Under the regulation, there are nine assessment risk classifications (i.e., combinations of capital groups and supervisory subgroups) to which different assessment rates are applied.  Assessment rates currently range from 0.00% of deposits for an institution in the highest category (i.e., well capitalized and financially sound, with no more than a few minor weaknesses) to 0.27% of deposits for an institution in the lowest category (i.e., undercapitalized and substantial supervisory concern).  The FDIC is authorized to raise the assessment rates as necessary to maintain the required reserve ratio of 1.25%.

 

The 1996 Act also provides that the FDIC cannot assess regular insurance assessments for an insurance fund unless required to maintain or to achieve the designated reserve ratio of 1.25%, except on those of its member institutions that are not classified as “well capitalized” or that have been found to have “moderately severe” or “unsatisfactory” financial, operational or compliance weaknesses.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank has not been so classified by the FDIC or the OTS.

 

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of approximately .0144% of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), an agency of the federal government established in 1987 to recapitalize the predecessor to the SAIF.  These assessments, which are adjusted quarterly, will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017.

 

The Bank’s assessment rate for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2005, was .0144% and the premium paid for this period was $93,000, of which was all paid towards the FICO bonds.  The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments.  A significant increase in SAIF insurance premiums would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank.  Management cannot predict what the insurance assessment rate will be in the future.

 

Under the FDI Act, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OTS.  The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

Regulatory Capital RequirementsOTS regulations require the Bank to meet three minimum capital standards:

 

                  A tangible capital ration requirement of 1.50% of total assets, as adjusted under the OTS regulations;

                  A leverage ratio requirement of 3.00% of core capital to such adjusted total assets, if a savings association has been assigned the highest composite rating of 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ratings System; and

                  A risk-based capital ratio requirement of 8.00% of core and supplementary capital to total risk-based assets.

 

The minimum leverage capital ratio for any other depository institution that does not have a composite rating of 1 will be 4.00%, unless a higher leverage capital ratio is warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of the depository institution.  In determining the amount of risk-based assets for the purpose of the risk-based capital requirement, the Bank must compute its risk-based assets by multiplying its assets and certain off-balance sheet items by risk-weights, which range from 0% for cash and obligations issued by the United States Government or its agencies to 100% for consumer and commercial loans, as assigned by the OTS capital regulation based on the risks found by the OTS to be inherent in the type of asset.

 

Tangible capital generally includes common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings, and certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related earnings on withdrawable accounts and deposits that qualify as core capital.  In addition, all intangible assets, other than a limited amount of mortgage servicing rights and other categories must be deducted from tangible capital.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank had $5.2 million of unamortized loan servicing rights.  Included in total unamortized loan servicing was $9,000 of nonmortgage servicing rights which was required to be deducted from tangible capital.

 

The OTS regulations establish special capitalization requirements for savings associations that own subsidiaries.  Under these regulations certain subsidiaries are consolidated for capital purposes and others are excluded from assets and capital.  In determining compliance with the capital requirements, all subsidiaries engaged solely in

 

22



 

activities permissible for national banks or engaged in certain other activities solely as agent for its customers such as mortgage banking activities are “includable” subsidiaries that are consolidated for capital purposes in proportion to the association’s level of ownership, including the assets of includable subsidiaries in which the association has a minority interest that is not consolidated for U.S. generally accepted accounting principals (“GAAP”) purposes.  All subsidiaries of the Bank are includable subsidiaries.

 

Core capital generally consists of tangible capital plus certain intangible assets, and up to 25.00% of other intangibles which meet certain separate salability and market valuation tests.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank had $5.0 million in intangible assets which were subject to these tests.  The amount of servicing rights includable as core capital is limited to 50.00% of such capital.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank had Tier I (core) capital equal to $73.8 million, or 8.28%, of adjusted total assets, which is $38.8 million above the minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4.00% as in effect on that date.

 

Total capital consists of core capital, as defined above, and supplementary capital.  Supplementary capital consists of certain permanent and maturing capital instruments that do not qualify as core capital and general valuation loan and lease loss allowances up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.  Supplementary capital may be used to satisfy the risk-based requirement only to the extent of core capital up to 100.00% of core capital.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank had no capital instruments that qualified as supplementary capital and $3.3 million of general loss reserves, which was not in excess of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

 

Certain exclusions from capital and assets are required to be made for the purpose of calculating total capital, in addition to the adjustments required for calculating core capital.  Such exclusions consist of equity investments (as defined by regulation) and that portion of land loans and nonresidential construction loans in excess of an 80.00% loan-to-value ratio, retained interest on securitizations and reciprocal holdings of qualifying capital instruments.  The Bank had $1.7 million in dollar for dollar exclusions from capital and assets at June 30, 2005, for the retained interest from securitized automobile loans.

 

On June 30, 2005, the Bank had total risk-based capital of $75.4 million (including $73.8 million in core capital, $3.3 million in qualifying supplementary capital and dollar for dollar exclusions for the retained interest from securitized automobile loans of $1.7 million) and risk-weighted assets of $707.6 million (including $27.9 million in converted off-balance sheet assets), or total capital of 10.66% of risk-weighted assets.  This amount was $18.8 million above the 8.00% requirement in effect on that date.

 

23



 

The following table sets forth the Bank’s compliance with its capital requirements at June 30, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of Applicable

 

 

 

Amount (2)

 

Assets(1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAAP capital

 

$

77,930

 

8.71

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier I (core) capital

 

$

73,815

 

8.28

%

Required

 

35,046

 

4.00

 

Excess over requirement

 

$

38,769

 

4.28

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-based capital(3)

 

$

75,423

 

10.66

%

Required

 

56,610

 

8.00

 

Excess over requirement

 

$

18,813

 

2.66

%

 


(1)                                Tier I (core) capital figures are determined as a percentage of total adjusted assets; risk-based capital figures are determined as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.

(2)                                The Bank’s investment in its subsidiaries is included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital.

(3)                                Includes qualifying supplementary capital of $3.3 million and dollar for dollar exclusion for the retained interest from securitized automobile loans of $1.7 million.

 

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions.  The OTS regulations impose various restrictions or requirements on associations with respect to their ability to pay dividends or make other distributions of capital.  The OTS regulations prohibit an association from declaring or paying any dividends or from repurchasing any of its stock if, as a result, the regulatory capital of the association would be reduced below the amount required to be maintained for the liquidation account established in connection with its mutual to stock conversion.

 

The OTS imposes various restrictions or requirements on the Bank’s ability to make capital distributions, including cash dividends.  A savings institution that is the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company must file a notice with the OTS at least 30 days before making a capital distribution.  The Bank must file an application for prior approval if the total amount of its capital distributions, including the proposed distribution, for the applicable calendar year would exceed an amount equal to the Bank’s net income for that year plus retained net income for the previous two years.

 

The OTS may disapprove of a notice or application if:

 

                  the Bank would be undercapitalized following the distribution;

                  the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or

                  the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, the Bank paid cash dividends to the Company totaling $3.7 million.

 

Liquidity.  All savings associations, including the Bank, are required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets to ensure its safe and sound operation.  For a discussion of what the Bank includes in liquid assets, see Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K.

 

24



 

Branching.  Subject to certain limitations, the HOLA and the OTS regulations permit federally chartered savings associations to establish branches in any state of the United States.  The authority to establish such branches is available (a) in states that expressly authorize branches of savings associations located in another state or (b) to an association that qualifies as a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which imposes qualification requirements similar to those for a “qualified thrift lender” under the HOLA.  See the section below entitled “Qualified Thrift Lender Test.”  This authority under the HOLA and the OTS regulations preempts any state law purporting to regulate branching by federal savings associations.

 

Community Reinvestment.  Under the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”), as implemented by the OTS regulations, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA.  The CRA requires the OTS, in connection with its examination of a savings association, to assess the Bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the Bank.  The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings.  The Bank received an  “Outstanding” CRA rating in its most recent examination.

 

The CRA regulations rate an institution based on its actual performance in meeting community needs.  In particular, the rating system focuses on three tests:  (a) a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b) an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (c) a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.  The amended CRA regulations also clarify how an institution’s CRA performance would be considered in the application process.

 

Qualified Thrift Lender Test.  All savings associations, including the Bank, are required to meet a qualified thrift lender (“QTL”) test to avoid certain restrictions on their operations.  This test requires a savings association to have at least 65.00% of its portfolio assets (which consists of goodwill and other intangible assets, properties used to conduct the savings association’s business and specified liquid assets not exceeding 20.00% of total assets) in qualified thrift investments on a monthly average for nine out of every 12 months on a rolling basis.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank maintained 77.47% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments, and thus met the test.  The Bank has met the QTL test since its inception.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.  The Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with its “affiliates” is limited by the OTS regulations and by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (the “FRA”).  In general, an affiliate of the Bank is any company that controls the Bank or any other company that is controlled by a company that controls the Bank, excluding the Bank’s subsidiaries other than those that are insured depository institutions.  The OTS regulations prohibit a savings association (a) from lending to any of its affiliates that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the BHC Act and (b) from purchasing the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.  Section 23A of the FRA limits the aggregate amount of transactions with any individual affiliate to 10.00% of the capital and surplus of the savings association and also limits the aggregate amount of transactions with all affiliates to 20.00% of the savings association’s capital and surplus.  Extensions of credit to affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in Section 23A of the FRA, and the purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited.  Section 23B of the FRA provides that certain transactions with affiliates, including loans and asset purchases, must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to the association as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies.  In the absence of comparable transactions, such transactions may only occur under terms and circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to or would apply to non-affiliated companies.

 

Effective April 1, 2003, the Federal Reserve Board rescinded its interpretations of Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA and replaced these interpretations with Regulation W.  In addition, Regulation W makes various changes to existing law regarding Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA, including expanding the definition of what constitutes an affiliate subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA.  The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule does not by its terms apply to savings associations.  However, because the OTS incorporates Regulation W and applies it to savings associations, Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA apply to the Bank in the same manner and to the same extent as if

 

25



 

the Bank were a member bank.  The OTS rules incorporate all applicable provisions and exceptions prescribed by the Federal Reserve Board in Regulation W, provide guidance regarding the additional prohibitions on savings associations with respect to transactions with affiliates under HOLA, and set out the additional restrictions that the OTS imposes on savings associations under HOLA with regard to transactions with affiliates.

 

Under Regulation W, all transactions entered into on or before December 12, 2002, which either became subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA solely because of Regulation W, and all transactions covered by Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA, the treatment of which will change solely because of Regulation W, became subject to Regulation W on July 1, 2003.  All other covered affiliate transactions became subject to Regulation W on April 1, 2003.  The Federal Reserve Board expects each depository institution that is subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA to implement policies and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation W.

 

The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10.00% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the FRA and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board thereunder.  Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders (a) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and (b) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of the association’s capital.  In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by the Bank’s board of directors.  Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act).  The prohibition, however, does not apply to mortgages advanced by an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, that are subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the FRA.

 

Certain transactions with directors, officers or controlling persons are also subject to conflict of interest regulations enforced by the OTS.  These conflict of interest regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on loans to such persons and their related interests.  Among other things, such loans must be made on terms substantially the same as those for loans to unaffiliated individuals.

 

Real Estate Lending Standards.  The OTS and the other federal banking agencies adopted regulations to prescribe standards for extensions of credit that (a) are secured by real estate or (b) are made for the purpose of financing the construction of improvements on real estate.  The OTS regulations require the Bank to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending standards that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices and appropriate to the size of the association and the nature and scope of its real estate lending activities.  The standards also must be consistent with accompanying OTS guidelines, which include loan-to-value ratios for the different types of real estate loans.  The Bank is also permitted to make a limited amount of loans that do not conform to the proposed loan-to-value limitations so long as such exceptions are reviewed and justified appropriately.  The guidelines also list a number of lending situations in which exceptions to the loan-to-value standards are justified.

 

Privacy Regulations.  Under the OTS regulations adopted pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB Act”), the Bank is required to adopt procedures to protect customers’ “nonpublic personal information.”  The regulations generally require that the Bank disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “nonpublic personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter.  In addition, the Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having it share their personal information with unaffiliated third parties and not to disclose account numbers or access codes to nonaffiliated third parties for marketing purposes.  The Bank currently has a privacy protection policy in place, which has been reviewed, for compliance with the regulations.

 

Federal Reserve System.  Under FRB regulations, the Bank is required to maintain noninterest-earning reserves against its transaction accounts.  FRB regulations generally require that (a) reserves of 3.00% must be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts of $47.6 million or less, subject to adjustment by the FRB, and (b) a reserve of $1.2 million plus 10.00% must be maintained against that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $47.6 million.  The first $7.0 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements.  The Bank is in compliance with these reserve requirements at June 30, 2005.  Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of either vault cash, a noninterest bearing account at a FRB, or a passthrough account as defined by the FRB, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the Bank’s interest-earning assets to the extent that the requirement exceeds vault cash.

 

26



 

Federal Home Loan Bank System.  The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that administers the home financing credit function of savings associations.  Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region.  It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System.  It makes loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the FHLB.  These policies and procedures are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be fully secured by sufficient collateral as determined by the FHLB.  The Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Des Moines, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Des Moines equal to 0.12% of the total assets of the Bank at December 31 annually.  The Bank is also required to own activity-based stock, which is based on 4.45% of the Bank’s outstanding advances.  These percentages are subject to change at the discretion of the FHLB Board of Directors.

 

At June 30, 2005, the Bank had $7.7 million in FHLB stock, which was in compliance with this requirement.  The Bank receives dividends on its FHLB stock, subject to approval by the FHLB.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, dividends paid by the FHLB of Des Moines to the Bank totaled approximately $152,000, which constitutes a $45,000 increase in the amount of dividends received in fiscal year 2004.  This increase was primarily due to an increase in the dividend rate approved by the FHLB Board of Directors.

 

Trust Activities Regulation.  The Bank derives its trust powers from Section 5(n) of the HOLA and the regulations and policies of the OTS.  Under these laws, regulations and policies, the trust activities of federal savings banks are governed by both federal and state laws.  Generally, the scope of trust activities that the Bank can provide will be governed by the laws of the states in which the Bank is “located” (as such term is defined under the regulations of the OTS), while other aspects of the trust operations of the Bank are governed by federal laws and regulations.  If the trust activities of a federal savings bank are located in more than one state, however, then the scope of fiduciary services the federal savings bank can provide will vary depending on the laws of each state.

 

The Bank, through its trust department, acts as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, custodian, record keeper, agent, registrar, advisor and manager for various accounts.  As of June 30, 2005, the trust department of the Bank maintained approximately $100.5 million in assets under management.

 

USA Patriot Act.  The Bank is subject to the USA Patriot Act, which gives the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements.  By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA Patriot Act takes measures intended to encourage information-sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies.  Further, certain provisions of Title III of the USA Patriot Act impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Among other requirements, Title III of the USA Patriot Act imposes the following requirements with respect to financial institutions:

 

                  Pursuant to Section 352, all financial institutions must establish anti-money laundering programs that include, at minimum: (a) internal policies, procedures, and controls, (b) specific designation of an anti-money laundering compliance officer, (c) ongoing employee training programs, and (d) an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program.

 

                  Pursuant to Section 326, on May 9, 2003, the OTS, in conjunction with other bank regulators, issued a Joint Final Rule that provides for minimum standards with respect to customer identification and verification.  This rule, which became effective October 1, 2003, requires each financial institution to implement a written customer identification program appropriate for its size, location and type of business that includes certain minimum requirements.

 

27



 

                  Section 312 requires financial institutions that establish, maintain, administer or manage private banking accounts or correspondent accounts in the United States for non-United States persons or their representatives (including foreign individuals visiting the United States) to establish appropriate, specific and, where necessary, enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering.

 

                  Section 318, which become effective December 25, 2001, prohibits financial institutions from establishing, maintaining, administering or managing correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks (foreign banks that do not have a physical presence in any country), and requires financial institutions to take reasonable steps to ensure that correspondent accounts provided to foreign banks are not being used to indirectly provide banking services to foreign shell banks.

 

                  Bank regulators are directed to consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on FRA and Bank Merger Act applications.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  As a public company, we are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  The Sarbanes-Oxley Act implements a broad range of corporate governance and accounting measures for public companies designed to promote honesty and transparency in corporate America and to better protect investors from corporate wrongdoing.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act’s principal legislation includes:

 

                  the creation of an independent accounting oversight board;

 

                  auditor independence provisions which restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to their audit clients;

 

                  additional corporate governance and responsibility measures, including the requirement that the chief executive officer and chief financial officer certify financial statements;

 

                  a requirement that companies establish and maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting and that a company’s management provide an annual report regarding its assessment of the effectiveness of such internal control over financial reporting to the company’s independent accountants and that such accountants provide an attestation report with respect to management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

                  the possibility of forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement;

 

                  an increase in the oversight of, and enhancement of certain requirements relating to audit committees of public companies and how they interact with the Company’s independent auditors;

 

                  a requirement that audit committee members must be independent and are absolutely barred from accepting consulting, advisory or other compensatory fees from the issuer;

 

                  a requirement that companies disclose whether at least one member of the committee is an “audit committee financial expert” (as such term is defined by the SEC) and if not, why not;

 

                  expanded disclosure requirements for corporate insiders, including accelerated reporting of stock transactions by insiders and a prohibition on insider trading during pension blackout periods;

 

                  a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions;

 

                  disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Current Report on Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code;

 

28



 

                  mandatory disclosure by analysts of potential conflicts of interest; and

 

                  a range of enhanced penalties for fraud and other violations.

 

Furthermore, the NASDAQ Stock Market (the “NASDAQ”) has also implemented corporate governance rules which implement the mandates of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  The material NASDAQ rules include, among other things, ensuring that a majority of the board of directors are independent of management, establishing and publishing a code of conduct for directors, officers and employees, and requiring stockholder approval of all new stock option plans and all material modifications.  These rules affect the Company because its common stock is listed on the NASDAQ under the symbol “HFFC.”

 

The Company anticipates additional expenses in complying with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the resulting regulation.  Management presently anticipates that the associated internal costs and third party expenses may be significant.

 

Holding Company Regulation.  The Company is a unitary thrift holding company subject to regulatory oversight by the OTS.  As such, the Company is registered with and files reports with the OTS and is subject to regulation and examination by the OTS.  Under the GLB Act, any company which becomes a unitary savings and loan holding company pursuant to a charter application filed with the OTS after May 4, 1999, is prohibited from engaging in non-financial activities or affiliating with non-financial companies.  All unitary savings and loan holding companies in existence prior to May 4, 1999, such as the Company, are “grandfathered” under the GLB Act and may continue to operate as a unitary savings and loan holding company without any limitations in the types of business activities in which it can engage at the holding company level, provided the Bank continues to satisfy the QTL Test.  In addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over the Company and its non-savings association subsidiaries which also permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings association.

 

As a “grandfathered” unitary thrift holding company, the Company generally is not subject to activity restrictions.  If the Company acquires control of another savings association as a separate subsidiary, it would become a multiple savings and loan holding company, and the activities of the Company and any of its subsidiaries (other than the Bank or any other SAIF-insured savings association) would become subject to such restrictions unless such other associations each qualify as a QTL and were acquired in a supervisory acquisition.

 

If the Bank fails the QTL test, the Company must obtain the approval of the OTS prior to continuing after such failure, directly or through its other subsidiaries, any business activity other than those approved for multiple savings and loan holding companies or their subsidiaries.  In addition, within one year of such failure the Company must register as, and will become subject to, the restrictions applicable to bank holding companies.  The activities authorized for a bank holding company are more limited than are the activities authorized for a unitary or multiple savings and loan holding company.  See the section above entitled “Qualified Thrift Lender Test.”

 

In addition, for grandfathered savings and loan holding companies, such as the Company, the GLB Act also prohibits the sale of such entities to nonfinancial companies.  This prohibition is intended to restrict the transfer of grandfathered rights to other entities and, thereby, prevent evasion of the limitation on the creation of new unitary savings and loan holding companies.

 

Federal Securities Law.  The common stock of the Company is registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act.  The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

 

Company stock held by persons who are affiliates (generally officers, directors and principal stockholders) of the Company may not be resold without registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale restrictions.  If the Company meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of the Company is able to sell in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.

 

29



 

Federal and State Taxation

 

The Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return on a fiscal year basis.  In addition, each of Trust I, Trust II, Trust III, Trust IV and Home Federal Automobile Securitization Trust 2003-A are required to file individual trust returns on a calendar year basis.

 

In addition to the regular income tax, corporations, including savings associations such as the Bank, generally are subject to a minimum tax.  An alternative minimum tax is imposed at a minimum tax rate of 20.00% on alternative minimum taxable income, which is the sum of a corporation’s regular taxable income (with certain adjustments) and tax preference items, less any available exemption.  The alternative minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the corporation’s regular income tax and net operating losses can offset no more than 90.00% of alternative minimum taxable income.

 

To the extent earnings appropriated to a savings association’s bad debt reserves for “qualifying real property loans” and deducted for federal income tax purposes exceed the allowable amount of such reserves computed under the experience method and to the extent of the association’s supplemental reserves for losses on loans (“Excess”), such Excess may not, without adverse tax consequences, be utilized for the payment of cash dividends or other distributions to a shareholder (including distributions on redemption, dissolution or liquidation) or for any other purpose (except to absorb bad debt losses).  As of June 30, 2005, the Bank’s Excess for tax purposes totaled approximately $4.8 million.

 

South Dakota Taxation.  The Bank is subject to the South Dakota Franchise tax to the extent that such corporations are engaged in business in the state of South Dakota. South Dakota does not have a corporate income tax.  The franchise tax will be imposed at a rate of 6.00% on franchise taxable income which is computed in the same manner as federal taxable income with some minor variations to comply with South Dakota law, other than the carryover of net operating losses which is not permitted under South Dakota law.  A South Dakota return of franchise tax must be filed annually.

 

Minnesota Taxation.  The Bank is subject to the Minnesota Corporate Income tax to the extent that such corporations are engaged in business in the state of Minnesota.  The Corporate Income tax is imposed at a rate of 9.8% on corporate taxable income, which is computed in the same manner as federal taxable income with some minor variations to comply with Minnesota law.  A Minnesota return of Corporate Income tax must be filed annually.

 

Delaware Taxation.  As a Delaware holding company, the Company is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual fee to the State of Delaware.  The Company is also subject to an annual franchise tax imposed by the State of Delaware.

 

Taxation in Other States.  Mid America Capital is required to file state income tax returns in those states which lessees have operations.  The total taxes paid in the year ended June 30, 2005 were not material to the operation of Company.

 

Executive Officers of the Company

 

Information regarding the executive officers of the Company and the Bank is set forth below.

 

Curtis L. Hage - Mr. Hage, age 59, is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  He was elected to the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company in September 1996 and has held the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer since February 1991.  Prior to such time, Mr. Hage served as Executive Vice President of the Bank since 1986.  Since joining the Bank in 1968, he served in various capacities prior to being elected Executive Vice President.  Mr. Hage received his M.B.A. from the University of South Dakota and attended the Graduate School of Savings Institution Management at the University of Texas.

 

Darrel L. Posegate — Mr. Posegate, age 47, has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company and the Bank since January 2002.  He was employed as Chief Financial Officer for West Des Moines State Bank, Des Moines, IA, a state banking institution, from 1998 until joining the Bank.  Prior to that time, he was employed in senior leadership roles for community banking organizations in Iowa from 1983 to 1998.  Mr. Posegate received his B.A. degree from Luther College, Decorah, IA, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

30



 

David A. Brown – Mr. Brown, age 43, has served as the Senior Vice President/Business Banking of the Bank since November 1999.  Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Brown served as Vice President/Manager Commercial Banking of Firstar Bank, Sioux City, Iowa, a national banking institution, a position he held since December 1998.  Mr. Brown received his M.B.A. and a B.S. in Business Administration from University of South Dakota.

 

Mary F. Hitzemann - Ms. Hitzemann, age 52, has served as the Senior Vice President/Human Resources of the Bank since October 1993.  Ms. Hitzemann joined the Bank in January 1993.  Prior to that time, she was employed as Vice President of Human Resources for Rapid City Regional Hospital from May 1989 to May 1992.  Ms. Hitzemann received her B.A. degree from Augustana College.

 

Mark S. Sivertson - Mr. Sivertson, age 47, has served as the Senior Vice President/Trust Officer of the Bank since July 1996.  He joined the Bank in February 1995 as Vice President/Trust Officer.  Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Sivertson was Vice President and Trust Officer in charge of the Investment Management and Trust Department at Western Bank.  He holds a law degree from the University of North Dakota and his Certified Trust Financial Advisor designation from the American Bankers Association.

 

Natalie A. SolbergMs. Solberg, age 42, has served as the Senior Vice President/Service & Support of the Bank since October 2002.  She joined the Bank in February 1994 as manager of the phone banking center and was promoted to Vice President/In-Touch Banking in October 1995.  Prior to joining the Bank, she was employed by the Bank of New York from October 1989 to October 1993.  Ms. Solberg received her B.S. from Northern State University.

 

Raymond C. Wilson – Mr. Wilson, age 47, has served as the Vice President/Senior Controller of the Bank since September 2003.  Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Wilson was the Corporate Finance Director for Interactive Information Service, Inc., a software development company, located in Cleveland, Ohio, from June 1999 to December 2002.  Prior to that time, he held senior financial and accounting management positions with two community banks.  Mr. Wilson received his B.B.A. degree in Finance and a MAFIS from Cleveland State University, Cleveland, Ohio.

 

Item 2.  Properties

 

The Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries conduct their business at the main office located at 225 South Main Avenue, Sioux Falls, South Dakota, 57104.  Currently, the Bank also conducts business from 33 other offices located in its primary market area.  Of such 34 total business offices, the Company owns 20 and leases 14 others.

 

The total net book value of the Company’s premises and equipment (including land, building, leasehold improvements and furniture, fixtures and equipment) at June 30, 2005 was $13.0 million.  Management believes that the Company’s existing properties are adequate for its current needs.

 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

 

The Company, the Bank and each of their subsidiaries are, from time to time, involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of their businesses.  While the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is generally the opinion of management, after consultation with counsel representing the Bank and the Company in any such proceedings, that the resolution of any such proceedings should not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  The Company, the Bank and each of their subsidiaries are not aware of any legal actions or other proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities outside of the normal course of business.

 

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

No matter was submitted to a vote of stockholders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the quarterly period ended June 30, 2005.

 

31



 

PART II

 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Stock Listing

 

The Company’s common stock is traded under the symbol “HFFC” on the NASDAQ National Market System.  On July 28, 2005, the Company announced it will be included in the new Russell Microcap Index.

 

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sale prices for the Company’s common stock for each of the fiscal quarters of the two years ended June 30, 2005 and 2004.  Quotations for such periods are as reported by the NASDAQ National Market System and have been retroactively adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid on December 31, 2003 to shareholders of record as of December 3, 2003.

 

FISCAL 2005

 

HIGH

 

LOW

 

1st Quarter

 

$

17.45

 

$

14.05

 

2nd Quarter

 

$

19.25

 

$

16.12

 

3rd Quarter

 

$

24.74

 

$

18.00

 

4th Quarter

 

$

25.65

 

$

19.25

 

 

FISCAL 2004

 

HIGH

 

LOW

 

1st Quarter

 

$

17.32

 

$

15.09

 

2nd Quarter

 

$

17.04

 

$

15.09

 

3rd Quarter

 

$

18.25

 

$

15.90

 

4th Quarter

 

$

17.75

 

$

14.28

 

 

As of September 23, 2005, the Company had 508 holders of record of its common stock.

 

The transfer agent for the Company’s common stock is Mellon Investor Services, PO Box 3315, South Hackensack, New Jersey, 07606-1915.

 

Dividends

 

The Company paid cash dividends on a quarterly basis of $0.11 per share throughout fiscal 2005.  The Company paid cash dividends on a quarterly basis of $0.1068, $0.1075, $0.1075 and $0.1075, respectively, per share in fiscal 2004.  The Board of Directors intends to continue the payment of quarterly cash dividends, dependent on the results of operations and financial condition of the Company, tax considerations, industry standards, economic conditions, general business practices and other factors the Board of Directors deems relevant.  On July 20, 2005, the Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.11 per share and the Company paid the respective cash dividends on August 17, 2005 to shareholders of record on August 3, 2005.  The Company’s ability to pay dividends is dependent on the dividend payments it receives from its subsidiary, the Bank, which are subject to OTS regulations.  The ability of the Company to pay dividends is also subject to the terms of the agreements on subordinated debentures payable to trusts, should the Company elect to defer interest payments.  In addition, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to the terms of its line of credit with First Tennessee Bank, NA.  See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” of this Form 10-K.

 

Sales of Unregistered Stock

 

The Company had no sales of unregistered stock during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005.

 

32



 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

The following table sets forth the purchases by the Company of its common stock during the quarterly period ended June 30, 2005.

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Total Number

 

Maximum Number of

 

 

 

Number

 

Average

 

of Shares Purchased

 

Shares that May Yet

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Price Paid

 

as Part of Publicly

 

Be Purchased Under

 

Period

 

Purchased

 

per Share

 

Announced Programs

 

the Current Program

 

April 1 - 30, 2005

 

5,600

 

$

22.16

 

5,600

 

237,481

 

May 1 - 31, 2005

 

44,900

 

$

22.76

 

44,900

 

306,014

 

June 1 - 30, 2005

 

2,400

 

$

22.06

 

2,400

 

303,614

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4th Quarter Total

 

52,900

 

$

22.67

 

52,900

 

 

 

 

The repurchases made during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 were made under the Company’s publicly announced stock buy back programs.  A total of 115,500 shares of common stock were purchased pursuant to the program which was publicly announced on April 26, 2004, under which up to 10% of the common stock of the Company that was outstanding on May 1, 2004, which equals 352,981 shares, may be acquired through April 30, 2005.  This program expired on April 30, 2005.

 

The Company approved a new stock buy back program effective as of  May 1, 2005, which was publicly announced on April 25, 2005.  Under this program, the Company may repurchase up to 10% of the common stock of the Company outstanding on May 1, 2005, which equals 350,914 shares, through April 30, 2006.  A total of 47,300 shares stock were purchased pursuant to this program during May and June 2005.  All of the 162,800 shares repurchased during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 were purchased in the open-market.

 

33



 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial statement and operations data with respect to the Company for the periods indicated.  This information should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and related notes appearing in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Form 10-K and with Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The Company’s selected financial statement and operations data for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2004 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, independent public accountants.  For fiscal 2005, the financial statements have been audited by Eide Bailly, LLP, independent public accountants.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Selected Statement of Financial Condition Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

897,874

 

$

847,070

 

$

801,103

 

$

723,227

 

$

784,002

 

Securities available for sale

 

142,429

 

122,715

 

88,527

 

82,804

 

87,387

 

FHLB stock

 

7,699

 

5,469

 

7,025

 

6,332

 

6,332

 

Loans and leases receivable

 

670,581

 

640,946

 

595,417

 

559,814

 

563,836

 

Loans held for sale

 

10,238

 

10,351

 

15,984

 

6,559

 

7,270

 

Deposits

 

681,216

 

658,719

 

621,381

 

562,596

 

601,207

 

Advances from FHLB and other borrowings

 

119,664

 

93,750

 

89,819

 

84,308

 

108,376

 

Subordinated debentures payable to trusts

 

27,837

 

27,837

 

20,620

 

10,310

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

53,635

 

51,649

 

49,358

 

48,536

 

52,525

 

 

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Selected Statement of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income

 

$

44,946

 

$

40,260

 

$

44,262

 

$

48,185

 

$

58,463

 

Interest expense

 

18,747

 

15,188

 

17,997

 

23,573

 

35,051

 

Net interest income

 

26,199

 

25,072

 

26,265

 

24,612

 

23,412

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases

 

2,681

 

2,020

 

3,173

 

1,905

 

1,482

 

Net interest income after provision for losses on loans and leases

 

23,518

 

23,052

 

23,092

 

22,707

 

21,930

 

Loan servicing income

 

1,446

 

1,578

 

1,610

 

1,858

 

1,567

 

Gain on sale of loans, net

 

726

 

1,311

 

1,629

 

1,464

 

745

 

Gain on sale of securities, net

 

20

 

43

 

352

 

135

 

 

Other noninterest income

 

6,822

 

6,896

 

6,895

 

6,369

 

6,032

 

Noninterest expense

 

(24,936

)

(24,773

)

(26,048

)

(24,806

)

(22,750

)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

7,596

 

8,107

 

7,530

 

7,727

 

7,524

 

Income tax expense

 

2,431

 

2,891

 

2,584

 

2,856

 

2,929

 

Income from continuing operations

 

5,165

 

5,216

 

4,946

 

4,871

 

4,595

 

Discontinued Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued segment
(net of income taxes)

 

 

 

253

 

(246

)

12

 

(Loss) on discontinued segment
(net of income taxes)

 

 

 

(224

)

(1,440

)

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

29

 

(1,686

)

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,975

 

$

3,185

 

$

4,607

 

 

34



 

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1.46

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.36

 

$

1.27

 

$

1.14

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

0.01

 

(0.44

)

 

Net income

 

1.46

 

1.47

 

1.37

 

0.83

 

1.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

1.42

 

1.43

 

1.34

 

1.24

 

1.12

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

0.01

 

(0.43

)

 

Net income

 

1.42

 

1.43

 

1.35

 

0.81

 

1.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared per share

 

0.44

 

0.43

 

0.42

 

0.40

 

0.38

 

Dividend payout ratio from continuing operations (1)

 

30.03

%

29.33

%

30.81

%

31.92

%

33.62

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other data from continuing operations: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread (average during period)

 

3.05

%

3.18

%

3.42

%

3.25

%

2.83

%

Net interest margin (3)

 

3.31

 

3.41

 

3.72

 

3.66

 

3.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

1.11

 

1.11

 

1.12

 

1.12

 

1.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity to total assets (end of period)

 

5.97

 

6.10

 

6.16

 

6.71

 

6.70

 

Equity-to-assets ratio (ratio of average equity to average total assets)

 

6.25

 

6.36

 

6.52

 

7.17

 

6.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets to total assets (end of period)

 

0.78

 

0.27

 

0.77

 

1.59

 

0.76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans and leases (end of period) (4)

 

73.24

 

174.75

 

65.89

 

40.02

 

97.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases (end of period)

 

0.74

 

0.55

 

0.62

 

0.78

 

0.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases (end of period) (4)

 

1.01

 

0.32

 

0.95

 

1.96

 

0.99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest expense to average total assets

 

2.91

 

3.11

 

3.42

 

3.42

 

3.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for losses for loans and leases to noninterest expense (end of period)

 

94.31

 

93.05

 

88.65

 

91.54

 

96.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on assets (ratio of income from continuing operations to average total assets)

 

0.60

 

0.66

 

0.65

 

0.67

 

0.62

 

Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)

 

0.60

 

0.66

 

0.65

 

0.44

 

0.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on equity (ratio of income from continuing operations to average equity)

 

9.66

 

10.30

 

9.96

 

9.37

 

9.14

 

Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity)

 

9.66

 

10.30

 

10.02

 

6.13

 

9.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Efficiency Ratio (5)

 

67.68

 

68.57

 

69.08

 

71.29

 

71.64

 

Efficiency Ratio (6)

 

70.81

 

70.98

 

70.88

 

72.03

 

71.64

 

Number of full-service offices

 

34

 

34

 

34

 

33

 

31

 

 


(1) Dividends declared per share divided by net income per share from continuing operations.

(2) All periods presented have been restated to eliminate effect of discontinued operations.

(3) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(4) Nonperforming loans and leases include nonaccruing loans and leases and accruing loans delinquent more than 90 days.

(5) Total noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus total noninterest income and interest expense on trust preferred securities.

(6) Total noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus total noninterest income.

 

35



 

Item 7.           Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

This section should be read in conjunction with the following parts of this Form 10-K: Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” and Part I, Item 1 “Business”.

 

Executive Summary

 

The Company’s net income for fiscal 2005 was $5.2 million, or $1.42 per diluted share, compared to $5.2 million, or $1.43 per diluted share for fiscal 2004.  Return on average equity was 9.66% at June 30, 2005, compared to 10.30% at June 30, 2004.

 

Financial performance of the Company was adversely impacted in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 due to a downgrade of a $4.1 million commercial business participation loan that was placed on nonaccrual status as of June 30, 2005.  In addition, the Company charged-off $224,000 in direct leases associated with the same customer as of June 30, 2005.  Furthermore, a provision for loan and lease losses charge of $2.0 million, including a $1.8 million impaired loan valuation allowance, was recorded as of June 30, 2005.

 

Net interest income for fiscal 2005 was $26.2 million, an increase of $1.1 million or 4.5% over the same period a year ago.  The change in net interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to the same period a year ago was due in part to a 7.7% increase in average interest-earning assets.  The flattening of the treasury yield curve caused by increasing short-term rates and lagging long-term rates continued to affect the Company’s net interest margin ratio during fiscal 2005.  The net interest margin was 3.31%, compared to 3.41% for the same period a year ago, a decline of 10 basis points.  Variability of the net interest margin ratio may be affected by many aspects, including Federal Reserve policies for short-term interest rates, competitive and economic factors and customer preferences for various products and services.  Trust preferred securities issued are variable rated tied to LIBOR.  The increase in interest rates caused an increase in this funding cost causing a decrease in margin of 6 basis points.

 

The transformation from a traditional thrift balance sheet to a full service Community Bank operation is complete.  The diversification of product lines and services helps the Company to grow and compete in an ever-changing financial services landscape.  The Company experienced growth in total year-end balance outstandings of 4.7% in fiscal 2005, compared to fiscal 2004, as well as in the major product lines of business banking, real estate and consumer loans.  Funding for this loan growth was comprised primarily of in-market deposits.  Total deposits grew at an increase of 3.4% in fiscal 2005, compared to fiscal 2004.  This growth consisted of balanced contributions from each deposit line.  The Company believes the need for long-term growth of loans will be funded by in-market generated deposits.

 

Total deposits at June 30, 2005 were at $681.2 million, an increase of $22.5 million, or 3.4%, from June 30, 2004.  Interest expense on these deposits was $12.7 million for fiscal 2005, which is an increase of $2.5 million, or 24.0%, over the same period a year ago.  A primary factor affecting interest expense has been money market accounts.  The volume of money market accounts decreased by $2.8 million, or 1.3%, from June 30, 2004 to June 30, 2005.  Interest expense for these accounts has increased by $1.9 million, or 76.3%, compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year.  At June 30, 2005, approximately 70% of all money market accounts were indexed with a monthly reset, tied to the 91-day Treasury bill, compared to approximately 33% at June 30, 2004.  From June 30, 2004 to June 30, 2005, the Federal Reserve increased short-term interest rates nine times at 25 basis points each or a total of 225 basis points.  With the actions taken by the Federal Reserve, the 91-day Treasury bill has risen significantly from 1.26% at June 30, 2004 to 3.12% at June 30, 2005, an increase of 186 basis points.

 

In April 2005, the Company announced the renewal of its annual stock buyback program for the period of May 2005 through April 2006 with a maximum purchase of 350,914 shares.  During the previous annual stock buyback program that expired on April 30, 2005, the Company acquired 115,500 shares or 32.7% of the authorized purchase against a pool maximum of 352,981.  During the fourth quarter ended June 30, 2005, the Company acquired 5,600 shares under the previous stock buyback program and 47,300 shares under the current stock buyback program.

 

36



 

The total risk-based capital ratio of 10.66% at June 30, 2005 is above the 10.54% at June 30, 2004, an increase of 12 basis points.  This continues to place the Bank in the “well capitalized” category within OTS regulation at June 30, 2005 and is consistent within the “well capitalized” OTS category in which the Company plans to operate.  The Company historically has been able to manage the size of its assets through secondary market loan sales of single-family mortgages and student loans and a loan securitization.

 

Nonperforming assets at June 30, 2005 were $7.0 million in comparison to $2.3 million a year ago, an increase of $4.7 million or 208.6%.  The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets increased to 0.78% at June 30, 2005, compared to 0.27% at June 30, 2004.  The allowance for loan and lease losses increased to $5.1 million at June 30, 2005 compared to $3.6 million at June 30, 2004, an increase of $1.5 million or 40.8%.  As a result of increases in nonperforming assets and the allowance for loan and lease losses, the ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans and leases decreased from 174.75% at June 30, 2004 to 73.24% at June 30, 2005.

 

Notwithstanding the downgrade of the aforementioned participation loan, asset quality is and continues to be a primary focus for the Company.  Asset quality has generally improved over the last two years as a result of a combination of disciplined underwriting standards and good economic health of the region.  The allowance for loan and lease losses is calculated based on loan and lease levels, loan and lease loss history, credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio, and environmental factors such as economic health of the region and management experience.  This risk rating analysis is well advanced and gives the Company a consistent and systematic methodology to determine proper levels for the allowance at a given time.

 

Noninterest expense for fiscal 2005 was $24.9 million, compared to $24.8 million a year ago, an increase of $163,000 or 0.7%.  Compensation and employee benefits expense for fiscal 2005 accounted for a decrease of $49,000 from the same period a year ago.  Net healthcare costs, inclusive of self-funded health claims, administration fees and fully-insured dental premiums offset by stop loss insurance receivable and employee reimbursements for fiscal 2005 were $1.3 million, compared to $1.8 million for the same period a year ago, a decrease of $533,000 or 29.8%.  This change is due to lower health claims expense and additional employee responsibility for reimbursements.  Other expenses were $3.3 million for fiscal 2005, compared to $3.2 million for the same period a year ago.  Marketing and advertising expenses increased by $263,000 or 35.1% to $1.0 million in fiscal 2005 from the same period a year ago.

 

Noninterest income for fiscal 2005 was $9.0 million, compared to $9.8 million for the same period a year ago, a decrease of $814,000 or 8.3%.  This shortfall was driven primarily by a decline in single-family mortgage production as a result of an overall decrease in housing market refinancing activity.  Gain on sale of loans was $726,000 for fiscal 2005, compared to $1.3 million for the same a period a year ago, a decline of $585,000 or 44.6%.

 

The operating efficiency ratio for fiscal 2005 was 67.68%, compared to 68.57% for the same time period a year ago, a decrease of 89 basis points.  The operating efficiency ratio excludes the impact of net interest expense on the variable priced trust preferred securities issued by the Company.  Net interest expense on the $27.8 million of variable priced trust preferred securities outstanding, increased to $1.6 million for the fiscal 2005, compared to $1.2 million for the same period a year ago, an increase of $403,000 or 32.9%.  The total efficiency ratio was 70.81% for fiscal 2005, compared to 70.98% for fiscal 2004, an improvement of 17 basis points.  It is the Company’s goal to continue to move the operating efficiency ratio towards the 50% level over the long term.  Management believes that this can be accomplished through steady growth of the balance sheet and the containment of incremental operating expenses.

 

General

 

The Company is a financial services provider and, as such, has inherent risks that must be managed in order to achieve net income.  Primary risks that affect net income include credit risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, regulatory compliance risk and reputation risk.  The Company’s net income is derived by management of the net interest margin, the ability to collect fees from services provided, by controlling the costs of delivering services and the management of loan and lease losses.  The primary source of revenues comes from the net interest margin,

 

37



 

which represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets (i.e. loans and investment securities) and expense on interest-bearing liabilities (i.e. deposits and borrowed funding).  The net interest margin is affected by regulatory, economic and competitive factors that influence interest rates, loan demand and deposit flows.  Fees earned include charges for deposit services, trust services and loan services.  Personnel costs are the primary expenses required to deliver the services to customers.  Other costs include occupancy and equipment and general and administrative expenses.

 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, management committed to a plan to sell the subprime credit card operations, which were previously reported in the credit card segment of the Company.  At June 30, 2002, the Company estimated the net realizable value based on estimates from a third party and reclassified the net realizable value of $1.1 million at that time from loans receivable to loans held for sale.  The Bank ceased processing subprime credit card applications in March 1999 and managed the portfolio from a balance of $18.1 million at June 30, 1999, to the sale of the receivables as of January 31, 2003.  On December 31, 2002, the Company, through the Bank, entered into an agreement to sell the discontinued credit card operations to an independent third party.  The sale of the receivables took place on January 31, 2003, and the Company dissolved the operations of HF Card Services, LLC during the third quarter of fiscal 2003.  See Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10 K for further discussion on discontinued operations.

 

Financial Condition Data

 

At June 30, 2005, the Company had total assets of $897.9 million, an increase of $50.8 million from the level at June 30, 2004.  The increase in assets was due primarily to increases in loans and leases receivable of $29.6 million, investment securities available for sale of $19.7 million and FHLB Stock of $2.2 million offset by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $2.2 million.  The increase in liabilities of $48.8 million was due to increases in deposits of $22.5 million and advances from the FHLB and other borrowings of $25.9 million from the levels at June 30, 2004.  In addition, stockholders’ equity increased to $53.6 million at June 30, 2005 from $51.6 million at June 30, 2004 primarily due to net income of $5.2 million offset by the cost of treasury stock acquired of $3.2 million and cash dividends paid of $1.6 million.

 

The increase in net loans and leases receivable of $29.6 million was due primarily to an increase in purchases and originations over sales, amortization and repayments of principal.  In addition, deferred fees and discounts increased by $260,000, or 25.3%, primarily due to an increase of $110,000 for deferred fees and discounts on commercial business loans, reflecting early payoffs.  Also, there was an increase of $97,000 for deferred fees and discounts on indirect automobile loans that include prepaid dealer reserves.

 

The increase in securities available for sale of $19.7 million was primarily the result of purchases of $70.9 million exceeding sales, maturities and repayments of $51.1 million.  The purchases of $70.9 million included variable-rate, mortgage-backed securities of $64.4 million.  Included in the $51.1 million of sales, maturities and repayments was approximately $30.9 million of mortgage backed securities principal repayments.

 

The net increase in FHLB stock of $2.2 million was primarily the result of the Company’s redemption of $3.7 million of stock offset by purchases of FHLB stock of $5.9 million.

 

The decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $2.2 million was primarily due to the timing of items in clearing.

 

The $22.5 million increase in deposits was primarily due to increases in out-of-market certificates of deposit of $12.5 million, noninterest bearing checking accounts of $10.4 million and interest bearing checking accounts of $4.4 million, offset by decreases in in-market certificates of deposit of $1.6 million, money market accounts of $2.8 million and savings accounts of $435,000.

 

Advances from the FHLB and other borrowings increased $25.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 primarily due to the Company increasing its overnight Fed Funds advances by $3.1 million, in addition to a net increase of $22.8 million in short and long-term advances during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. 

 

38



 

Analysis of Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities.  Net interest income depends upon the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them.

 

Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields.  The following table presents for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resulting yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, and the net interest margin.  The table does not reflect any effect of income taxes.  Average balances consist of daily average balances for the Bank with simple average balances for all other companies.  The average balances include nonaccruing loans and leases.  The yields on loans and leases include origination fees, net of costs, which are considered adjustments to yield.  Balances related to discontinued credit card loan operations have been reclassified to noninterest-earning assets for all periods presented. 

 

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Earned/

 

Yield/

 

Outstanding

 

Earned/

 

Yield/

 

Outstanding

 

Earned/

 

Yield/

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases receivable (1) (3)

 

$

662,661

 

$

40,489

 

6.11

%

$

621,548

 

$

36,935

 

5.94

%

$

594,873

 

$

40,240

 

6.76

%

Investment securities (2) (3)

 

121,824

 

4,256

 

3.49

%

107,942

 

3,218

 

2.98

%

103,902

 

3,801

 

3.66

%

FHLB stock

 

6,248

 

201

 

3.22

%

4,726

 

107

 

2.26

%

6,854

 

221

 

3.22

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

790,733

 

$

44,946

 

5.68

%

734,216

 

$

40,260

 

5.49

%

705,629

 

$

44,262

 

6.27

%

Noninterest-earning assets

 

64,839

 

 

 

 

 

61,381

 

 

 

 

 

55,921

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

855,572

 

 

 

 

 

$

795,597

 

 

 

 

 

$

761,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Checking and money market

 

$

263,037

 

$

4,845

 

1.84

%

$

238,774

 

$

2,704

 

1.13

%

$

195,394

 

$

2,647

 

1.35

%

Savings

 

49,204

 

578

 

1.17

%

50,791

 

303

 

0.60

%

39,998

 

298

 

0.75

%

Certificates of deposit

 

260,579

 

7,236

 

2.78

%

261,982

 

7,198

 

2.75

%

278,397

 

9,566

 

3.44

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

572,820

 

12,659

 

2.21

%

551,547

 

10,205

 

1.85

%

513,789

 

12,511

 

2.44

%

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

111,332

 

4,409

 

3.96

%

80,869

 

3,753

 

4.64

%

100,200

 

4,565

 

4.56

%

Subordinated debentures payable to trusts

 

27,837

 

1,679

 

6.03

%

26,172

 

1,230

 

4.70

%

17,844

 

921

 

5.16

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

711,989

 

$

18,747

 

2.63

%

658,588

 

$

15,188

 

2.31

%

631,833

 

$

17,997

 

2.85

%

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

72,627

 

 

 

 

 

66,807

 

 

 

 

 

60,201

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

17,465

 

 

 

 

 

19,586

 

 

 

 

 

19,869

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

802,081

 

 

 

 

 

744,981

 

 

 

 

 

711,903

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

53,491

 

 

 

 

 

50,616

 

 

 

 

 

49,647

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

855,572

 

 

 

 

 

$

795,597

 

 

 

 

 

$

761,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income; interest rate spread

 

 

 

$

26,199

 

3.05

%

 

 

$

25,072

 

3.18

%

 

 

$

26,265

 

3.42

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin (4)

 

 

 

 

 

3.31

%

 

 

 

 

3.41

%

 

 

 

 

3.72

%

 


(1) Includes loan fees and interest on accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more.

(2) Includes federal funds sold

(3) Yields do not reflect the tax-exempt nature of loans, equipment leases and municipal securities.

(4) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

39



 

Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income

 

The following schedule presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  It distinguishes between the increases and decreases due to fluctuating outstanding balances that are due to the levels and volatility of interest rates.  For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (i.e., changes in volume multiplied by old rate) and (ii) changes in rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume).  For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

 

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005 vs. 2004

 

2004 vs. 2003

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

Increase
(Decrease)
Due to
Volume

 

Increase
(Decrease)
Due to
Rate

 

Total
Increase
(Decrease)

 

Increase
(Decrease) Due to
Volume

 

Increase
(Decrease)
Due to
Rate

 

Total
Increase
(Decrease)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases receivable (1)

 

$

2,443

 

$

1,111

 

$

3,554

 

$

1,804

 

$

(5,109

)

$

(3,305

)

Investment securities (2)

 

414

 

624

 

1,038

 

148

 

(731

)

(583

)

FHLB stock

 

34

 

60

 

94

 

(69

)

(45

)

(114

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

$

2,891

 

$

1,795

 

$

4,686

 

$

1,883

 

$

(5,885

)

$

(4,002

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Checking and money market

 

$

275

 

$

1,866

 

$

2,141

 

$

588

 

$

(531

)

$

57

 

Savings

 

(9

)

284

 

275

 

80

 

(75

)

5

 

Certificates of deposit

 

(39

)

77

 

38

 

(564

)

(1,804

)

(2,368

)

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

227

 

2,227

 

2,454

 

104

 

(2,410

)

(2,306

)

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

1,414

 

(758

)

656

 

(881

)

69

 

(812

)

Subordinated debentures payable to trusts

 

78

 

371

 

449

 

430

 

(121

)

309

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

1,719

 

$

1,840

 

$

3,559

 

$

(347

)

$

(2,462

)

$

(2,809

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income increase (decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,127

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1,193

)

 


(1) Includes loan fees and interest on accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more.

(2) Includes federal funds sold

 

40



 

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

 

GAAP requires management to utilize estimates when reporting financial results.  The Company has identified the policies discussed below as Critical Accounting Policies because the accounting estimates require management to make certain assumptions about matters that may be uncertain at the time the estimate was made and a different method of estimating could have been reasonably made that could have a material impact on the presentation of the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses – GAAP requires the Company to set aside reserves or maintain an allowance against probable loan and lease losses in the loan and lease portfolio.  Management must develop a consistent and systematic approach to estimate the appropriate balances that will cover the probable losses.  Due to the uncertainty of future events, the approach includes a process that may differ significantly from other methodologies and still produce an estimate that is in accordance with GAAP.

 

The allowance is compiled by utilizing the Company’s loan and lease risk rating system, which is structured to identify weaknesses in the loan and lease portfolio.  The risk rating system has evolved to a process whereby management believes the system will properly identify the credit risk associated with the loan and lease portfolio.  Due to the stratification of loans and leases for the allowance calculation, the estimate of the allowance for loan and lease losses could change materially if the loan and lease risk rating system would not properly identify the strength of a large or a few large loan and lease customers.  Although management believes that it uses the best information available to determine the allowance, unforeseen market or borrower conditions could result in adjustments and net earnings being significantly affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the final determinations.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSR”) – The Company records a servicing asset for contractually separated servicing from the underlying mortgage loans.   The asset is initially recorded at fair value and represents an intangible asset backed by an income stream from the serviced assets.  The asset is amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.

 

At each balance sheet date, the MSRs are analyzed for impairment, which occurs when the fair value of the MSRs is lower than the amortized book value. The Company’s MSRs are primarily servicing rights acquired on SDHDA first time home buyers program.  Due to the lack of quoted markets for the Company’s servicing portfolio, the Company estimates the fair value of the MSRs using present value of future cash flow analysis.  If the analysis produces a fair value that is greater than or equal to the amortized book value of the MSRs, no impairment is recognized.  If the fair value is less than the book value, an expense for the difference is charged to earnings by initiating a MSR valuation account.  If the Company determines this impairment is temporary, any future changes  in fair value are recorded as a change in earnings and the valuation.  If the Company determines the impairment to be permanent, the valuation is written off against the MSRs which results in a new amortized balance.

 

Due to the substantial decline in interest rates during the last several fiscal years, the Company has included MSRs as a critical accounting policy because the use of estimates for determining fair value using present value concepts may produce results which may significantly differ from other fair value analysis perhaps even to the point of recording impairment.  The risk to earnings is when the underlying mortgages payoff significantly faster than the assumptions used in the previously recorded amortization.  Estimating future cash flows on the underlying mortgages is a difficult analysis and requires judgment based on the best information available.  The Company looks at alternative assumptions and projections when preparing a reasonable and supportable analysis.  Based on the Company’s quarterly analysis of MSRs, there was no impairment to the MSRs at June 30, 2005.

 

Retained Interest from Securitization – The Company recorded an asset as a result of the automobile securitization.  See Note 3 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.  This asset is recorded based on present value concepts of future expected cash flows.  The assumptions used to calculate the initial retained interest value and subsequent assumptions are based on the best information available.  The value of the retained interest may change significantly if actual cash flows differ from expected cash flows.

 

Self-Insurance - The Company has a self-insured healthcare plan for its employees up to certain limits.  To mitigate a portion of these risks, the Company has a stop-loss insurance policy through a commercial insurance

 

41



 

carrier for coverage in excess of $60,000 per individual occurrence with a maximum aggregate limitation of $1.0 million.  The estimate of self-insurance liability is based upon known claims and an estimate of incurred, but not reported (“IBNR”) claims.  IBNR claims are estimated using historical claims lag information received by a third party claims administrator.  Due to the uncertainty of health claims, the approach includes a process that may differ significantly from other methodologies and still produce an estimate that is in accordance with GAAP.  Although management believes that it uses the best information available to determine the accrual, unforeseen health claims could result in adjustments to the accrual.  These adjustments could significantly affect net earnings if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in estimating the accrual.

 

Asset Quality

 

When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan within 10 to 15 days after the payment is due, the Bank generally institutes collection procedures by issuing a late notice.  The customer is contacted again when the payment is between 17 and 40 days past due.  In most cases, delinquencies are cured promptly; however, if a loan has been delinquent for more than 40 days, the Bank attempts additional written as well as verbal contacts and, if necessary, personal contact with the borrower in order to determine the reason for the delinquency and to effect a cure, and, where appropriate, reviews the condition of the property and the financial circumstances of the borrower.  Based upon the results of any such investigation, the Bank may: (i) accept a repayment program which under appropriate circumstances could involve an extension in the case of consumer loans for the arrearage from the borrower, (ii) seek evidence, in the form of a listing contract, of efforts by the borrower to sell the property if the borrower has stated that he is attempting to sell, or (iii) initiate foreclosure proceedings. When a loan payment is delinquent for 90 days, the Bank generally will initiate foreclosure proceedings unless management is satisfied the credit problem is correctable.

 

Loans are generally classified as nonaccrual when there are reasonable doubts as to the collectibility of principal and/or interest and/or when payment becomes 90 days past due, except loans which are well secured and in the process of collection.  Interest collections on nonaccrual loans, for which the ultimate collectibility of principal is uncertain, are applied as principal reductions.

 

Leases are generally classified as nonaccrual when there are reasonable doubts as to the collectibility of principal and/or interest.  Leases may be placed on nonaccrual when the lease has experienced either four consecutive months with no payments or once the account is five months in arrears.  Interest collections on nonaccrual leases, for which the ultimate collectibility of principal is uncertain, are applied as principal reductions.

 

When a lessee fails to make a required lease payment within 10 days after the payment is due, Mid America Capital generally institutes collection procedures.  The lessee may be contacted by telephone on the 10th, but no later than the 30th day of delinquency.  A late notice is automatically issued by the system on the 11th day of delinquency and is sent to the lessee.  The lease may be referred to legal counsel when the lease is past due beyond four payments and no positive response has been received or when other considerations are present.

 

Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and leases, accruing loans and leases delinquent more than 90 days and foreclosed assets) increased to $7.0 million at June 30, 2005 from $2.3 million at June 30, 2004, an increase of $4.7 million.  In addition, the ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets, which is one indicator of credit risk exposure, increased to 0.78% at June 30, 2005 as compared to 0.27% at June 30, 2004.

 

Nonaccruing loans and leases increased $3.8 million to $5.3 million at June 30, 2005 compared to $1.6 million at June 30, 2004.  Included in nonaccruing loans and leases at June 30, 2005 were four loans totaling $263,000 secured by one- to four-family real estate, one loan in the amount of $70,000 secured by commercial real estate, 13 commercial business loans totaling $4.5 million, six equipment finance leases totaling $130,000 and 28 consumer loans totaling $341,000.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Bank downgraded a $4.1 million participation loan and charged off $224,000 in direct leases based on information received about the customer before and after the end of the fiscal year.  The Company will continue to analyze information regarding the participation loan as it is received from the lead bank and make adjustments to the reserve for loan losses accordingly.

 

42



 

The Company’s nonperforming loans and leases, which represent nonaccrual and past due 90 days and still accruing, have increased $4.9 million from the levels at June 30, 2004.  The risk rating system in place is designed to identify and manage the nonperforming loans and leases.  Commercial and agricultural loans and equipment finance leases will have specific reserve allocations based on collateral values or based on the present value of expected cash flows if the loans or leases are deemed impaired.  Loans and leases that are not performing do not necessarily result in a loss.

 

As of June 30, 2005, the Company had $89,000 of foreclosed assets.  The balance of foreclosed assets at June 30, 2005 consisted of $50,000 in consumer collateral and $39,000 in single-family residences.  The Company did not have any foreclosed assets secured by mobile homes at June 30, 2005.

 

At June 30, 2005, the Company had designated $10.6 million of its assets as special mention and classified $7.0 million of its assets that management has determined need to be closely monitored because of possible credit problems of the borrowers or the cash flows of the secured properties.  At June 30, 2005, the Company had $26.3 million in multi-family, commercial real estate and agricultural participation loans purchased, of which none were classified at June 30, 2005.  These loans and leases were considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses.  The allowance for loan and lease losses is established based on management’s evaluation of the risks probable in the loan and lease portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of loan and lease activity.  Such evaluation, which includes a review of all loans and leases for which full collectability may not be reasonably assured, considers the estimated fair market value of the underlying collateral, present value of expected principal and interest payments, economic conditions, historical loss experience and other factors that warrant recognition in providing for an adequate loan and lease loss allowance.

 

Although the Company’s management believes that the June 30, 2005 recorded allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate to provide for probable losses on the related loans and leases, there can be no assurance that the allowance existing at June 30, 2005 will be adequate in the future.

 

43



 

In accordance with the Company’s internal classification of assets policy, management evaluates the loan and lease portfolio on a monthly basis to identify loss potential and determines the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses quarterly.  Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal and/or interest become doubtful.  Foreclosed assets include assets acquired in settlement of loans.  The following table sets forth the amounts and categories of the Company’s nonperforming assets from continuing operations for the periods indicated.  Balances related to discontinued credit card loan operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Nonaccruing loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

263

 

$

86

 

$

103

 

$

886

 

$

723

 

Commercial real estate

 

70

 

75

 

310

 

3,678

 

385

 

Multi-family

 

 

 

 

290

 

 

Commercial business

 

4,518

 

795

 

472

 

1,872

 

3,223

 

Equipment finance leases

 

130

 

21

 

30

 

 

 

Consumer(1)

 

341

 

564

 

875

 

690

 

518

 

Agricultural

 

 

20

 

2,541

 

2,801

 

373

 

Mobile homes

 

 

 

34

 

25

 

88

 

Total

 

5,322

 

1,561

 

4,365

 

10,242

 

5,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing loans and leases delinquent more than 90 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

98

 

 

330

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

292

 

 

42

 

 

 

Multi-family

 

 

 

 

 

304

 

Commercial business

 

1,052

 

221

 

779

 

512

 

 

Equipment finance leases

 

71

 

281

 

313

 

229

 

 

Consumer(1)

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

Agricultural

 

96

 

 

 

165

 

23

 

Total

 

1,609

 

502

 

1,466

 

906

 

327

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

39

 

100

 

258

 

239

 

203

 

Consumer(1)

 

50

 

112

 

77

 

132

 

105

 

Mobile homes

 

 

 

 

3

 

2

 

Total (2)

 

89

 

212

 

335

 

374

 

310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets(3)

 

$

7,020

 

$

2,275

 

$

6,166

 

$

11,522

 

$

5,947

 

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets(4)

 

0.78

%

0.27

%

0.77

%

1.59

%

0.76

%

Ratio of nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases(5)

 

1.01

%

0.32

%

0.95

%

1.96

%

0.99

%

 


(1)             Consists of nonperforming consumer loans exclusive of mobile home loans and credit card loans.

(2)             Total foreclosed assets do not include land or other real estate owned held for sale.

(3)             Nonperforming assets include nonaccruing loans and leases, accruing loans and leases delinquent more than 90 days and foreclosed assets.

(4)             Percentage is calculated based upon total assets of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

(5)             Nonperforming loans and leases include both nonaccruing and accruing loans and leases delinquent more than 90 days.

 

44



 

The following table sets forth information with respect to activity in the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses from continuing operations during the periods indicated.  Balances related to discontinued credit card loan operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

3,605

 

$

3,842

 

$

4,461

 

$

5,509

 

$

5,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

 

(7

)

(9

)

(38

)

(21

)

Commercial real estate

 

(31

)

(92

)

 

(76

)

(361

)

Commercial business

 

(187

)

(457

)

(1,234

)

(1,484

)

(253

)

Equipment finance leases

 

(269

)

(30

)

(124

)

(323

)

(131

)

Consumer

 

(1,044

)

(1,143

)

(1,164

)

(1,323

)

(1,106

)

Agricultural

 

(14

)

(835

)

(1,429

)

(108

)

 

Mobile homes

 

 

 

(41

)

(55

)

(51

)

Total charge-offs

 

(1,545

)

(2,564

)

(4,001

)

(3,407

)

(1,923

)

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

9

 

4

 

3

 

2

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

Commercial business

 

31

 

3

 

5

 

59

 

 

Equipment finance leases

 

2

 

64

 

41

 

45

 

16

 

Consumer

 

215

 

232

 

319

 

296

 

325

 

Agricultural

 

78

 

3

 

100

 

28

 

 

Mobile homes

 

 

 

5

 

22

 

13

 

Total recoveries

 

335

 

307

 

473

 

454

 

354

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs)

 

(1,210

)

(2,257

)

(3,528

)

(2,953

)

(1,569

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions charged to operations

 

2,681

 

2,020

 

3,173

 

1,905

 

1,482

 

Allowance related to assets acquired (sold), net

 

 

 

(264

)

 

97

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

5,076

 

$

3,605

 

$

3,842

 

$

4,461

 

$

5,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of net (charge-offs) during the period to average loans and leases outstanding during the period

 

(0.18

)%

(0.36

)%

(0.59

)%

(0.54

)%

(0.28

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases at end of period

 

0.74

%

0.55

%

0.62

%

0.78

%

0.96

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans and leases at end of period(1)

 

73.24

%

174.75

%

65.89

%

40.02

%

97.73

%

____________________

(1)             Nonperforming loans and leases include both nonaccruing and accruing loans and leases delinquent more than 90 days.

 

45



 

The distribution of the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses and impaired loss summary as required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (“FASB”) Statement No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” are summarized in the following tables.  Balances related to discontinued credit card loan operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

Amount (3)

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

Amount (3)

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

Amount(3)

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

One-to four-family(1)

 

$

186

 

17.21

%

$

15

 

17.51

%

$

28

 

17.39

%

$

81

 

16.00

%

$

1,196

 

26.65

%

Commercial and multi-family real estate(1)

 

261

 

19.66

 

220

 

20.57

 

241

 

23.34

 

606

 

25.45

 

1,402

 

20.52

 

Commercial business(2)

 

2,953

 

22.96

 

1,270

 

22.85

 

1,033

 

22.09

 

1,460

 

20.61

 

1,033

 

18.74

 

Consumer

 

1,343

 

29.45

 

1,736

 

29.48

 

1,538

 

27.55

 

1,889

 

30.66

 

1,524

 

27.66

 

Agricultural

 

333

 

10.72

 

364

 

9.59

 

945

 

9.39

 

375

 

6.87

 

317

 

5.75

 

Mobile homes

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

0.24

 

50

 

0.41

 

37

 

0.68

 

Total

 

$

5,076

 

100.00

%

$

3,605

 

100.00

%

$

3,842

 

100.00

%

$

4,461

 

100.00

%

$

5,509

 

100.00

%

 


(1) Includes construction and development loans.

(2) Includes equipment finance leases.

(3) The Company migrated its allocation methodology of allowances by type in fiscal 2002 to reflect a more systematic method based in part on the Company’s historical charge-offs by each loan type as compared to primarily a pro rata allocation based on loan balances in prior years.

 

46



 

 

 

FASB 5

 

FASB 114

 

FASB 5

 

FASB 114

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Impaired Loan

 

Allowance

 

Impaired Loan

 

 

 

for Loan and

 

Valuation

 

for Loan and

 

Valuation

 

 

 

Lease Losses

 

Allowance

 

Lease Losses

 

Allowance

 

Loan Type

 

At June 30, 2005

 

At June 30, 2004

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

186

 

$

 

$

15

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

200

 

 

135

 

 

Multi-family real estate

 

61

 

 

85

 

 

Commercial business

 

844

 

1,750

 

970

 

 

Equipment finance leases

 

359

 

 

300

 

 

Consumer (1)

 

1,343

 

 

1,736

 

 

Agricultural

 

333

 

 

364

 

 

Total

 

$

3,326

 

$

1,750

 

$

3,605

 

$

 

 


(1)  Includes mobile home loans.

 

FASB 114 Impaired Loan Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired

 

 

 

Number

 

 

 

Loan

 

Number

 

 

 

Loan

 

 

 

of Loan

 

Loan

 

Valuation

 

of Loan

 

Loan

 

Valuation

 

 

 

Customers

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Customers

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

Loan Type

 

At June 30, 2005

 

At June 30, 2004

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

1

 

$

61

 

$

 

1

 

$

73

 

$

 

Commercial business

 

4

 

4,152

 

1,750

 

5

 

175

 

 

Total

 

5

 

$

4,213

 

$

1,750

 

6

 

$

248

 

$

 

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses was $5.1 million at June 30, 2005 as compared to $3.6 million at June 30, 2004.    The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases was 0.74% at June 30, 2005 compared to 0.55% at June 30, 2004, an increase of 34.5%.  The Company’s management has considered nonperforming assets and other assets of concern in establishing the allowance for loan and lease losses.  The Company continues to monitor its allowance for possible loan and lease losses and make future additions or reductions in light of the level of loans and leases in its portfolio and as economic conditions dictate.  The current level of the allowance for loan and lease losses is a result of management’s assessment of the risks within the portfolio based on the information revealed in credit reporting processes. The Company utilizes a risk-rating system on all commercial business, agricultural, construction, multi-family and commercial real estate loans, including purchased loans.  A periodic credit review is performed on all types of loans and

 

47



 

leases to establish the necessary reserve based on the estimated risk within the portfolio. This assessment of risk takes into account the composition of the loan and lease portfolio, historical loss experience for each loan and lease category, previous loan and lease experience, concentrations of credit, current economic conditions and other factors that in management’s judgment deserve recognition. OTS regulators have reviewed the Company’s methodology for determining allowance requirements on the Company’s loan and lease portfolio and have made no required recommendations for increases in the allowances during the three year period ended June 30, 2005.

 

Real estate properties acquired through foreclosure are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value (less a deduction for disposition costs).  Valuations are periodically updated by management and a specific provision for losses on such properties is established by a charge to operations if the carrying values of the properties exceed their estimated net realizable values.

 

Although management believes that it uses the best information available to determine the allowances, unforeseen market conditions could result in adjustments and net earnings being significantly affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the final determinations.  Future additions to the Company’s allowances result from periodic loan, property and collateral reviews and thus cannot be predicted in advance.  See Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K, for a description of the Company’s policy regarding the provision for losses on loans and leases.

 

48



 

Comparison of the Years Ended June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004

 

Continuing Operations

 

General.  The Company’s income from continuing operations was $5.2 million or $1.46 and $1.42 for basic and diluted earnings per share, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2005, a $51,000 decrease in earnings compared to $5.2 million or $1.47 and $1.43 for basic and diluted earnings per share, respectively, for the prior year.  For the year ended June 30, 2005, the return on average equity from continuing operations was 9.66%, a 6.2% decrease compared to 10.30% in the prior year.  For the year ended June 30, 2005, the return on average assets from continuing operations was 0.60%, a 9.1% decrease compared to 0.66% in the prior year.  As discussed in more detail below, the decreases were due to a variety of key factors, including increases in provision for losses on loans and leases of $661,000 and noninterest expense of $163,000 and a decrease in noninterest income of $814,000 offset by an increase in net interest income of $1.1 million and a decrease in income tax expense of $460,000.

 

Interest and Dividend Income.  Interest and dividend income was $44.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to $40.3 million for the prior year, an increase of $4.7 million, or 11.6%.  A $2.9 million increase in interest, dividend and loan fee income was the result of a 7.7% increase in the average volume of total interest-earning assets and a $1.8 million increase in interest and dividend income was the result of a 3.5% increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets.   The average volume of loans and leases receivable increased 6.6% from $621.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 to $662.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2005.  The average yield on interest-earning assets was 5.68% for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to 5.49% for the prior year.  For the year ended June 30, 2005, the average yield on loans and leases receivable was 6.11%, an increase of 2.9% from 5.94% in the prior year.  The overall increase in interest and dividend income was due in part to the repricing of loans and investments that generally reflected national interest rates.  From June 30, 2004 to June 30, 2005, the prime rate increased from 4.00% to 6.00%.

 

Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $18.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to $15.2 million for the prior year, an increase of $3.6 million or 23.4%.  A $2.2 million increase was the result of a 19.5% increase in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits.  The average rate on interest-bearing deposits was 2.21% for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to 1.85% for the prior year.  A $1.4 million increase in interest expense was the result of a 37.7% increase in the average balance of FHLB advances and other borrowings offset by a decrease of $758,000 as a result of the average yield on FHLB advances and other borrowings decreasing from 4.64% for the year ended June 30, 2004 to 3.96% for the year ended June 30, 2005.

 

Net Interest Income. The Company’s net interest income from continuing operations for the year ended June 30, 2005 increased $1.1 million, or 4.5%, to $26.2 million compared to $25.1 million for the prior year.  The increase in net interest income was due to an increase in the average balance of interest earning assets and gradual increases in average interest rates over the prior year.  The Company’s net interest margin decreased to 3.31% for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to 3.41% for the prior year.  The Company continues to have a diversified loan portfolio comprised of a mix of consumer and business type lending.  This mix helps the Company manage the net interest margin and interest rate risk by taking the production and keeping the loans on balance sheet or looking at alternatives through secondary markets.

 

Provision for Losses on Loans and Leases. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level which is considered by management to be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans and leases that may become uncollectible, based on an evaluation of the collectability of the loans and leases and prior loan and lease loss experience.  The evaluation takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan and lease portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans and leases, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay.  The allowance for loan and lease losses is established through a provision for losses on loans and leases charged to expense.

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases increased $661,000, or 32.7%, to $2.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to $2.0 million in the prior year.  The increase reflects the impairment of a participation loan and direct leases, which resulted in a $2.0 million provision for loan and lease losses charge as of June 30, 2005.  Net charge-offs decreased from $2.3 million during fiscal year 2004 to $1.2 million during fiscal year 2005.  In addition, nonperforming assets increased $4.7 million as compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to the downgrade to doubtful as of June 30, 2005, of a $4.1 million participation loan.   See “Asset Quality” above for further discussion.

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses at June 30, 2005 was $5.1 million.  The allowance increased from the June 30, 2004 balance of $3.6 million primarily as a result of charge-offs exceeding recoveries by $1.2 million offset by the provision for losses on loans and leases of $2.7 million.  The ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming

 

49



 

loans and leases at June 30, 2005 was 73.24% compared to 174.75% at June 30, 2004.  The allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases at June 30, 2005 was 0.74% compared to 0.55% at June 30, 2004.  The Bank’s management believes that the June 30, 2005 recorded allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate to provide for probable losses on the related loans and leases, based on its evaluation of the collectability of loans and leases and prior loss experience.

 

Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income was $9.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to $9.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2004, a decrease of $814,000, or 8.3%.  The decrease in noninterest income was due primarily to decreases in net gain on sale of loans of $585,000, loan servicing income of $132,000, earnings on cash value of life insurance of $58,000, commission and insurance income of $53,000 and other noninterest income of $268,000 offset by increases in fees on deposits of $172,000 and trust income of $133,000.

 

Net gain on sale of loans decreased $585,000 for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to the prior year.  The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the amount of residential mortgage loans sold into the secondary market during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to the prior fiscal year.  During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, the total number of single family loans sold was 705 with principal balances of $76.7 million.  This compares to 1,288 loans sold with principal balances of $127.4 million for the prior fiscal year.

 

Loan servicing income decreased $132,000, to $1.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 compared to $1.6 million primarily due to the number of loans serviced (excluding South Dakota Housing loans) by the Bank decreasing from 498 loans with a total balance of $40.6 million at June 30, 2004 to 402 loans with a total balance of $35.3 million at June 30, 2005.

 

The Bank recorded a decrease of  $58,000, to $561,000 for the year ended June 30, 2005 compared to $619,000 in the prior year for earnings on cash value of bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), which is tax-exempt.

 

Commission and insurance income was $454,000 for the year ended June 30, 2005 compared to $507,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $53,000.  Hometown’s personal and commercial insurance lines are down compared to the prior year primarily due to the sale of the property and casualty book of business in August 2003.  See Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

 

Fees on deposits increased $172,000 from $4.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 to $4.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2005, primarily due to an increase of $152,000 in income from point-of-sale purchases by customers.

 

Trust income increased by $133,000 to $701,000 during the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to the prior year primarily due to assets under management increasing from $83.8 million to $100.5 million.

 

Other noninterest income decreased from $976,000 for the year ended June 30, 2004 to $708,000 for the year ended June 30, 2005 primarily due to the decrease of $179,000 income on the retained interest obtained through the securitization of automobile loans.  See Note 3 of  “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

 

Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense was $24.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to $24.8 million for the prior year, an increase of $163,000.  The increase in noninterest expense was due primarily to increases in advertising of $263,000, check and data processing of $74,000 and other noninterest expenses of $80,000 offset by decreases in occupancy and equipment of $109,000, foreclosed real estate and other properties of $96,000 and compensation and employee benefits of $49,000.

 

Advertising expense increased 35.1% to $1.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to $749,000 for the prior year primarily due to additional advertising expenses to strengthen the Company’s position in the marketplace.

 

Check and data processing increased $74,000 to $1.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2005, primarily due to increases in data communications expense of $52,000 and computer service expense of $39,000.

 

Occupancy and equipment decreased 3.4% to $3.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to $3.2 million for the prior year.  The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in furniture and fixture depreciation expense of $111,000.

 

50



 

Compensation and employee benefits decreased $49,000 during the year ended June 30, 2005 as compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to decreases in net healthcare costs of $533,000 and mortgage incentive pay of $192,000 offset by increases in employee compensation of $344,000 and deferred compensation related to loan origination fees and costs of $448,000.  Net healthcare costs, inclusive of health claims and administration fees offset by stop loss and employee reimbursement under the Company’s self-insured health plan was $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, a decrease of $533,000, or 29.8% compared to the prior fiscal year.  The Company has had a self-insured health plan since January 1994.  Management believes the current structure is a reasonable alternative to traditional health care plans over the long term.  This is a challenging area for all companies and the Company continues to review its health care plans in an effort to provide its employees with affordable health care.

 

Income tax expense.  The Company’s income tax expense decreased $460,000, or 15.9%, for the year ended June 30, 2005 to $2.4 million compared to $2.9 million for the prior year.  The decrease was primarily due to the decrease in the Company’s effective tax rate due to changes in permanent tax differences.  The effective rate was 32.00% and 35.66% for the years ended June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004, respectively.

 

Comparison of the Years Ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003

 

Continuing Operations

 

General.  The Company’s income from continuing operations was $5.2 million or $1.47 and $1.43 for basic and diluted earnings per share, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2004, a $270,000 increase in earnings compared to $4.9 million or $1.36 and $1.34 for basic and diluted earnings per share, respectively, for the prior year.  Basic and diluted earnings per share increased 8.1% and 6.7%, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the prior year due to an increase in earnings offset by a net decrease in shares outstanding as a result of Company stock repurchases.  For the year ended June 30, 2004, the return on average equity from continuing operations was 10.30%, a 3.5% increase compared to 9.96% in the prior year.  For the year ended June 30, 2004, the return on average assets from continuing operations was 0.66%, a 1.5% increase compared to 0.65% in the prior year.  As discussed in more detail below, the increases were due to a variety of key factors, including decreases in noninterest expense of $1.3 million and provision for losses on loans and leases of $1.2 million offset by decreases in net interest income of $1.2 million and noninterest income of $658,000 and an increase in income tax expense of $272,000.

 

Interest and Dividend Income.  Interest and dividend income was $40.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to $44.3 million for the prior year, a decrease of $4.0 million, or 9.0%.  A $5.9 million decrease in interest and dividend income was the result of a 12.4% decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets.  The average yield on interest-earning assets was 5.49% for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to 6.27% for the prior year.  For the year ended June 30, 2004, the average yield on loans and leases receivable was 5.94%, a decrease of 12.1% from 6.76% in the prior year.  The Company continues to manage yields by changing the types of loans that comprise the portfolio to loans that have a higher yield than single-family real estate loans.  Commercial business loans, agricultural business loans and equipment finance leases comprise 29.3% of the total loan and lease portfolio at June 30, 2004 as compared to 28.6% at June 30, 2003.  The percentages of business loans are expected to remain stable at these levels due to restrictions imposed by HOLA at 20.00% of total Bank assets.  As of June 30, 2004, the Bank met the 20.00% limitation at 16.39% of total Bank assets.  The overall decrease in interest and dividend income was primarily due to repricing of loans and investments that generally reflected the decline in national interest rates.  From June 30, 2001 to June 30, 2004, the prime rate dropped from 6.75% to 4.00%.

 

Interest Expense.  Interest expense was $15.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to $18.0 million for the prior year, a decrease of $2.8 million or 15.6%.  A $2.5 million decrease was the result of a 18.9% decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  The average rate on interest-bearing liabilities was 2.31% for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to 2.85% for the prior year.  For the year ended June 30, 2004, the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was 1.85%, a decrease of 24.2% from 2.44% in the prior year.  The average rate paid on FHLB advances and other borrowings increased 1.8% to 4.64% at June 30, 2004 from 4.56% at June 30, 2003.  An average volume decrease of $19.3 million for FHLB advances and other borrowings contributed to a decrease in interest expense of $881,000 for the for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the prior year.

 

Net Interest Income. The Company’s net interest income from continuing operations for the year ended June 30, 2004 decreased $1.2 million, or 4.5%, to $25.1 million compared to $26.3 million for the prior year.  The decrease in net interest income was due primarily to declining asset yields and a slower decrease in the cost of funds throughout fiscal years 2003 and 2004.  The Company’s net interest margin decreased to 3.41% for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to

 

51



 

3.72% for the prior year.  In addition, the Company has increased its investment portfolio composition in high quality GNMA adjustable rate securities in order to enhance its net interest margin.

 

Provision for Losses on Loans and Leases. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level which is considered by management to be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans and leases that may become uncollectible, based on an evaluation of the collectability of the loans and leases and prior loan and lease loss experience.  The evaluation takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan and lease portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans and leases, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay.  The allowance for loan and lease losses is established through a provision for losses on loans and leases charged to expense.

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases decreased $1.2 million, or 36.3%, to $2.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to $3.2 million in the prior year.  The decrease was due to charge-offs decreasing from $4.5 million during fiscal year 2003 to $2.5 million during fiscal year 2004.  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, a $1.4 million agriculture real estate participation loan was modified as a troubled debt restructuring with specific reserve allowance which resulted in a fiscal 2003 charge to provision in the amount of $893,000.  In addition, recoveries fell from $473,000 during fiscal year 2003 compared to $307,000 during fiscal year 2004.   See “Asset Quality” for further discussion.

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses at June 30, 2004 was $3.6 million.  The allowance decreased from the June 30, 2003 balance of $3.8 million primarily as a result of charge-offs exceeding recoveries by $2.3 million offset by the provision for losses on loans and leases of $2.0 million.  The ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2004 was 174.75% compared to 65.89% at June 30, 2003.  The allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases at June 30, 2004 was 0.55% compared to 0.62% at June 30, 2003.  The Bank’s management believes that the June 30, 2004 recorded allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate to provide for probable losses on the related loans and leases, based on its evaluation of the collectability of loans and leases and prior loss experience.

 

Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income was $9.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to $10.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2003, a decrease of $658,000, or 6.3%.  The decrease in noninterest income was due primarily to decreases in commission and insurance income of $525,000, net gain on sale of loans of $318,000 and net gain on sale of securities of $309,000 offset by increases in earnings on cash value of life insurance of $188,000, trust income of $97,000 and other noninterest income of $309,000.

 

Commission and insurance income was $507,000 for the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to $1.1 million in the prior year, a decrease of 50.9%.  Hometown’s personal and commercial insurance lines are down compared to the prior year primarily due to the sale of the property and casualty book of business in August 2003.  See Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”.  The decrease in commission and insurance income was offset by an increase in income from financial products of $59,000 for the year ending June 30, 2004 as compared to the prior year.

 

Net gain on sale of loans decreased $318,000 for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the prior year.  The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the amount of residential mortgage loans sold into the secondary market during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the prior fiscal year.  During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, the total number of single family loans sold was 1,288 with principal balances of $127.4 million.  This compares to 1,609 loans sold with principal balances of $161.1 million for the prior fiscal year.  As is the case with the industry, residential mortgage loan pipelines decreased back to more historical levels and was reflected in fiscal year earnings.

 

Net gain on sale of securities decreased $309,000 for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the prior year due to a $8.9 million decrease in proceeds from the sale of securities to $6.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to $15.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2003.  Sales of securities for the year ended June 30, 2004 consisted primarily of variable mortgage-backed securities.

 

The Bank recorded an increase of 43.6%, or $188,000, to $619,000 for the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to $431,000 in the prior year for earnings on cash value of bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), which is tax-exempt.

 

Trust income increased by $97,000 to $568,000 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the prior year primarily due to assets under management increasing from $70.9 million to $83.8 million.

 

52



 

Other noninterest income increased 46.3% to $976,000 for the year ended June 30, 2004 compared to $667,000 in the prior year primarily due to an increase of $135,000 recorded on the retained interest obtained through the securitization of automobile loans.  See Note 3 of  “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” of this Form 10-K.

 

Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense was $24.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to $26.0 million for the prior year, an decrease of $1.3 million, or 4.9%.  The decrease in noninterest expense was due primarily to decreases in occupancy and equipment of $338,000, compensation and employee benefits of $334,000, advertising of $168,000 and other noninterest expenses of $438,000.

 

Occupancy and equipment decreased 9.5% to $3.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to $3.5 million for the prior year.  The decrease was primarily due to recording a valuation impairment of $200,000 during the year ended June 30, 2003.

 

Compensation and employee benefits decreased 2.1% to $15.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to $15.9 million for the prior year.  This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in variable compensation (performance incentives) to $579,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 from $970,000 during the prior fiscal year.  In addition, annual employee bonuses decreased $265,000 and pension plan costs decreased $245,000.   Employee staffing levels decreased from 329 at June 30, 2003 to 306 at June 30, 2004 due in part to the sale of Hometown’s property and casualty book of business.  The Company has had a self-insured health plan since January 1994.  Although health claims expense net of the stop loss receivable increased to $1.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to $1.6 million for the prior fiscal year, the Company does not believe the claim level will continue at the current rate.  Management believes the current structure is a reasonable alternative to traditional health care plans over the long run.  This is a challenging area for all companies and the Company continues to review its health care plans in an effort to provide its employees with affordable health care.

 

Advertising expense decreased 18.3% to $749,000 for the year ended June 30, 2004 as compared to $917,000 for the prior year primarily due to a reduction in extensive advertising campaigns and more emphasis on existing programs to strengthen the Company’s position in the marketplace.

 

Income tax expense.  The Company’s income tax expense increased $307,000, or 11.9%, for the year ended June 30, 2004 to $2.9 million compared to $2.6 million for the prior year.  The increase was primarily due to the increase in the Company’s effective tax rate due to changes in permanent tax differences.  The effective rate was 35.66% and 34.32% for the years ended June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003, respectively.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company’s liquidity is comprised of three primary classifications:  cash flows from operating activities, cash flows from investing activities and cash flows from financing activities.  Net cash provided by operating activities was $10.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, which was primarily due to proceeds from the sale of loans of $81.1 million offset by loans originated for resale of $80.2 million.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, net cash provided by operating activities was $17.1 million primarily due to proceeds from the sale of loans of $131.6 million offset by loans originated for resale of $124.6 million.  Net cash used in investing activities was $56.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 primarily due to loans and leases originated and held of $208.7 million offset by principal collected on loans and leases of $192.9 million.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, net cash used in investing activities was $84.9 million primarily due to loans and leases originated and held of $266.5 million offset by principal collected on loans and leases of $221.2 million.  Net cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 was $44.5 million primarily due to a net increase in deposit accounts of $22.5 million.  This compares to net cash provided by financing activities in the prior fiscal year of $44.0 million primarily due to a net increase in deposit accounts of $37.3 million.

 

The Bank’s primary sources of funds are earnings, in-market deposits, FHLB advances and other borrowings, repayments of loan principal, mortgage-backed securities and callable agency securities and, to a lesser extent, sales of mortgage loans, sales and maturities of securities, out-of-market deposits and short-term investments.  While scheduled loan payments and maturing securities are relatively predictable, deposit flows and loan and security prepayments are more influenced by interest rates, general economic conditions and competition. The Bank attempts to price its deposits to meet its asset/liability objectives consistent with local market conditions.  Excess balances are invested in overnight funds.

 

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term responsibility of management.  The Bank adjusts its

 

53



 

investments in liquid assets based upon management’s assessment of (i) expected loan demand, (ii) projected loan sales, (iii) expected deposit flows, (iv) yields available on interest-bearing deposits and (v) the objectives of its asset/liability management program. Excess liquidity is invested generally in interest-bearing overnight deposits and other short-term government and agency obligations.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank had no funds invested in federal funds sold. During the year ended June 30, 2005, the Bank increased its borrowings with the FHLB and FRB by $25.9 million.

 

The Bank anticipates that it will have sufficient funds available to meet current loan commitments.  At June 30, 2005, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate and purchase mortgage and commercial loans of $80.2 million and to sell mortgage loans of $34.9 million.  Commitments by the Bank to originate loans are not necessarily executed by the customer. The Bank monitors the ratio of commitments to funding for use in liquidity management. At June 30, 2005, the Bank had no outstanding commitments to purchase investment securities available for sale or commitments to sell investment securities available for sale.

 

The growth in indirect lending has provided securitization opportunities in the capital markets.  On January 31, 2003, the Bank sold approximately $40.1 million principal of indirect and $9.9 million principal of direct automobile receivables in a securitization transaction.  The proceeds were used in part to continue to service the demand of the Bank’s dealer network.  The securitization is a source of funds at a rate lower than other sources of funds, which reduces the Bank’s capital requirements and the credit risk from the loans sold.  See Note 3 of  “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for additional information on the consumer automobile securitization.

 

Although in-market deposits are the Bank’s primary source of funds, the Bank’s policy has been to utilize borrowings where the funds can be invested in either loans or securities at a positive rate of return or to use the funds for short-term liquidity purposes.  The Bank currently has $10.0 million and $15.0 million in unsecured lines of federal funds with correspondent banks. There were no funds drawn on either line of credit at June 30, 2005.  Also, the Bank has implemented arrangements to acquire out-of-market certificates of deposit and money market accounts as an additional source of funding.  As of June 30, 2005, the Bank had $28.3 million in out-of-market certificates of deposit and $1.9 million in out-of-market money market accounts. The Bank may also seek other sources of contingent liquidity including additional federal funds purchased lines with correspondent banks and lines of credit with the FRB.

 

The Company has a line of credit for $6.0 million with First Tennessee Bank, NA for liquidity needs in the Company.  The note is short-term in duration and is subject to annual review.  In case of default on the notes, the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends may be restricted.  At June 30, 2005 no funds were advanced on the line of credit.  See Note 9 of  “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Financial Condition Data” and Exhibit 10.17 of this Form 10-K for additional information.

 

The Company uses its capital resources to pay dividends to its stockholders, to repurchase Company stock in the market pursuant to Board of Directors’ approved plans, to support organic growth, to make acquisitions, to service its debt obligations and to provide funding for investment into the Bank of Tier 1 (core) capital.

 

Most of the Company’s stock repurchases made during the year ended June 30, 2005 were made under the Company’s stock buy back program which was publicly announced on April 26, 2004 in which the Company was permitted to repurchase up to 10% of the common stock of the Company that was outstanding on May 1, 2004.  This stock buy back program expired on April 30, 2005.  A total of 115,500 shares of common stock were purchased pursuant to the program during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005.

 

The Company approved a new stock buy back program which began on May 1, 2005 and was publicly announced on April 25, 2005.  Under this program, the Company may repurchase up to 10% of the common stock of the Company outstanding on May 1, 2005, which equals 350,914 shares, through April 30, 2006.  A total of 47,300 were purchased pursuant to this program during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005.   All of the 162,800 shares repurchased during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 were purchased in the open-market.

 

Savings institutions insured by the FDIC are required to meet three regulatory capital requirements.  If a requirement is not met, regulatory authorities may take legal or administrative actions, including restrictions on growth or operations or, in extreme cases, seizure.  Institutions not in compliance may apply for an exemption from the requirements and submit a recapitalization plan.  Under these capital requirements, at June 30, 2005, the Bank met all current capital requirements.

 

The OTS has adopted capital requirements for savings institutions comparable to the requirement for national banks.  The minimum OTS core capital requirement for well-capitalized institutions is 5.00% of total adjusted assets.  The Bank had

 

54



 

tier 1 (core) capital of 8.28% at June 30, 2005.  The minimum OTS risk-based capital requirement for well capitalized institutions is 10.00% of risk-weighted assets.  The Bank had risk-based capital of 10.66% at June 30, 2005.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

 

During fiscal 2003, the Bank securitized and sold consumer automobile loans in the amount of $50.0 million through HFSC and Home Federal Automobile Securitization Trust 2003-A.  As a result of this securitization transaction, the Bank had off-balance sheet automobile loans in the amount of $35.5 million at June 30, 2003.  At June 30, 2005, the outstanding balance was $6.6 million.  As part of the sales transaction, the Bank retains servicing responsibilities and a retained interest in the interest payments from the receivables, which is subordinated to third party investors’ interests.  The receivables were sold without legal recourse to third party conduits.  The sale provided the Bank with an additional source of liquidity at interest rates more favorable than it could receive through other forms of financing.  It also assisted in reducing capital requirements and credit risk to the Bank, in addition to giving the Bank access to the national capital markets.  The Bank has the option to execute a clean-up call when the remaining balance of the loans outstanding is at 10% of the original balance.  See Notes 1 and 3 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” which are included in part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further detail.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.  The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the Bank’s operations.  Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all the assets and liabilities of the Bank are monetary in nature.  As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Bank’s performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

Effect of New Accounting Standards

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, and related interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost has been recognized for grants under the Company’s fixed stock option plans, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

 

In December 2004, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment”, which requires all companies to measure compensation cost for all share-based payments (including stock options) at fair value.  This will be effective for the Company for the interim reporting period ending September 30, 2005.

 

SFAS No. 123R provides two alternatives for adoption: (1) a “modified prospective” method in which compensation costs is recognized for all awards granted subsequent to the effective date of this statement as well as for the unvested portion of awards outstanding as of the effective date and (2) a “modified retrospective” method which follows the approach in the “modified prospective” method, but also permits entities to restate prior periods to reflect compensation cost calculated under SFAS No. 123 for pro forma amounts disclosure.  The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R on July 1, 2005, using the modified prospective method.  The adoption of SFAS No. 123R is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2005, FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”, which requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented, unless it is impracticable to do so.  The new standard is effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.  The Company has not determined the effect the adoption of SFAS No. 154 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

55



 

Asset/Liability and Risk Management

 

Interest rate risk is the most significant market risk affecting the Company.  Other types of market risk, such as foreign currency exchange rate risk and commodity price risk, do not arise in the normal course of the Company’s business activities.  The Bank, like other financial institutions, is subject to interest rate risk to the extent that its interest-bearing liabilities with short- and medium-term maturities mature or reprice more rapidly than its interest-earning assets. The Company does not currently engage in trading activities or use derivative instruments to control interest rate risk although it may in the future, if necessary, to manage interest rate risk.

 

As a continuing part of its financial strategy, the Bank considers methods of managing this asset/liability mismatch consistent with maintaining acceptable levels of net interest income.  In order to properly monitor interest rate risk, the Board of Directors has created an Asset/Liability Committee whose principal responsibilities are to assess the Bank’s asset/liability mix and recommend strategies to the Board that will enhance income while managing the Bank’s vulnerability to changes in interest rates.

 

In managing market risk and the asset/liability mix, the Bank has placed its emphasis on developing a portfolio in which, to the extent practicable, assets and liabilities reprice within similar periods. The goal of this policy is to provide a relatively consistent level of net interest income in varying interest rate cycles and to minimize the potential for significant fluctuations from period to period.

 

One approach used to quantify interest rate risk is the net portfolio value (“NPV”) analysis.  In essence, this analysis calculates the difference between the present value of the liabilities and the present value of expected cash flows from assets and off-balance sheet contracts.  The following table sets forth, at June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004, an analysis of the Company’s interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in NPV resulting from instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve (+ 300 or –100 basis points, measured in 100 basis point increments).  Due to the abnormally low prevailing interest rate environment, -200 and –300 NPV were not estimated by the OTS.

 

The data in the following tables is based on assumptions utilized by the OTS in assessing interest rate risk of thrift institutions and published in “Selected Asset and Liability Price Tables as of June 30, 2005” and “Selected Asset and Liability Price Tables as of June 30, 2004”.  Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that the Company’s assets and liabilities would perform as set forth below.  In addition, a change in U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to the NPV than indicated below.

 

June 30, 2005

 

Change in
Interest Rates

 

Estimated
NPV
Amount

 

Estimated Increase

 

(Decrease) in NPV

Amount

 

Percent

Basis Points

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+300

 

$

93,517

 

$

(10,726

)

(10

)%

+200

 

99,208

 

(5,035

)

(5

)

+100

 

102,459

 

(1,784

)

(2

)

 

104,243

 

 

 

-100

 

101,818

 

(2,425

)

(2

)

-200

 

94,213

 

(10,031

)

(10

)

 

56



 

June 30, 2004

 

Change in
Interest Rates

 

Estimated
NPV
Amount

 

Estimated Increase

 

(Decrease) in NPV

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

Basis Points

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+300

 

$

101,515

 

$

(9,951

)

(9

)%

+200

 

106,605

 

(4,861

)

(4

)

+100

 

110,164

 

(1,301

)

(1

)

 

111,465

 

 

 

-100

 

108,310

 

(3,156

)

(3

)

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the Company’s contractual obligations as of June 30, 2005.  Operating lease obligations are primarily related to the lease of certain branch offices and purchase obligations are primarily related to various smaller purchases, which the Company has committed to as of June 30, 2005.

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

1 Year

 

 

 

 

 

Greater than

 

 

 

 

 

or Less

 

1 to 3 Years

 

3 to 5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

Federal Funds and Security Repurchase Agreements

 

$

18,959

 

$

5,000

 

$

40,000

 

$

55,000

 

$

118,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits without a stated maturity

 

408,246

 

 

 

 

408,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

142,797

 

111,752

 

18,491

 

 

273,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-Term Debt Obligations

 

705

 

 

 

 

705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt Obligations

 

 

 

 

27,837

 

27,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Lease Obligations

 

517

 

920

 

704

 

 

2,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Obligations

 

474

 

 

 

 

474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Contractual Obligations

 

$

571,698

 

$

117,672

 

$

59,195

 

$

82,837

 

$

831,402

 

 

57



 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

 

The Company’s net income is largely dependent on its net interest income.  Net interest income is susceptible to interest rate risk to the degree that interest-bearing liabilities with short- and medium-term maturities mature or reprice more rapidly than its interest-earning assets.  When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant increase in market rates of interest could adversely affect net interest income.  Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could result in a decrease in net income.

 

In an attempt to manage its exposure to change in interest rates, management monitors the Company’s interest rate risk.  The Asset-Liability Committee meets periodically to review the Company’s interest rate risk position and profitability, and to recommend adjustments for consideration by executive management. Management also reviews the Bank’s securities portfolio, formulates investment strategies, and oversees the timing and implementation of transactions to assure attainment of the Board ‘s objectives in the most effective manner.  In managing market risk and the asset/liability mix, the Bank has placed its emphasis on developing a portfolio in which, to the extent practicable, assets and liabilities reprice within similar periods.  Notwithstanding the Company’s interest rate risk management activities, the potential for changing interest rates is an uncertainty that can have an adverse effect on net income.  The Company does not currently engage in trading activities or use derivative instruments to control interest rate risk although it may in the future, if necessary, to manage interest rate risk.

 

In adjusting the Company’s asset/liability position, management attempts to manage the Company’s interest rate risk while enhancing net interest margins.  At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, management may determine to increase the Company’s interest rate risk position somewhat in order to increase its net interest margin.  The Company’s results of operations and net portfolio values remain vulnerable to increases in interest rates and to fluctuations in the difference between long- and short-term interest rates.

 

Consistent with the asset/liability management philosophy described above, the Company has taken several steps to manage its interest rate risk.  The Company has structured its security portfolio to shorten the repricing of its interest-earning assets.  The Company’s mortgage-backed securities and securities available for sale typically have either short or medium terms to maturity or adjustable interest rates.  At June 30, 2005, the Company’s adjustable-rate securities had a weighted-average time to coupon reset of approximately 20.3 months.  At June 30, 2005, the Company had investment securities available for sale of $8.5 million with contractual maturities of five years or less.  Variable-rate mortgage-backed securities totaled $105.3 million at June 30, 2005.  Mortgage-backed securities amortize and experience prepayments of principal.  The Company has received average cash flows from principal paydowns, maturities, sales and calls of all securities available for sale of $48.8 million annually over the past three fiscal years.  The Company also manages interest rate risk reduction by utilizing non-certificate depositor accounts for certain liquidity purposes.  The Board and management believe that such accounts carry a lower cost than certificate accounts, and that a material portion of such accounts may be more resistant to changes in interest rates than are certificate accounts.  At June 30, 2005, the Company had $63.2 million of savings accounts, $209.1 million of money market accounts and $135.9 million of checking accounts, representing 60.0% of total depositor accounts.

 

One approach used to quantify interest rate risk is the NPV analysis.  In essence, this analysis calculates the difference between the present value of liabilities and the present value of expected cash flows from assets and off-balance sheet contracts.  See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asset/Liability and Risk Management” of this Form 10-K for further discussion regarding the NPV analysis and an analysis of the Company’s interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in NPV resulting from instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve.

 

58




 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Successor Firm

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

HF Financial Corp.

Sioux Falls, South Dakota

 

We have audited the consolidated statements of financial condition of HF Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HF Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Sioux Falls, South Dakota

July 29, 2005

 

PEOPLE. PRINCIPLES. POSSIBILITIES.

www.eidebailly.com

200 E. 10th Street, Suite 500 PO Box 5126 Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57117-5126 Phone 605.339.1999 Fax 605.339.1306
 EOE

 

60



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Predecessor Firm

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

HF Financial Corp.

Sioux Falls, South Dakota

 

We have audited the consolidated statement of financial condition of HF Financial Corp. as of June 30, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2004.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HF Financial Corp. as of June 30, 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

 

 

Sioux Falls, South Dakota

July 30, 2004

 

 

McGladrey & Pullen, LLP is a member firm of RSM International,

an affiliation of separate and independent legal entities.

 

61



 

HF FINANCIAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

JUNE 30, 2005 AND 2004

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

18,248

 

$

20,474

 

Securities available for sale (Note 4)

 

142,429

 

122,715

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock (Note 9)

 

7,699

 

5,469

 

Loans held for sale (Note 5)

 

10,238

 

10,351

 

Loans and leases receivable (Notes 5 and 9)

 

670,581

 

640,946

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

5,087

 

4,056

 

Office properties and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation (Note 7)

 

12,978

 

12,555

 

Foreclosed real estate and other properties

 

1,387

 

1,689

 

Cash value of life insurance

 

12,530

 

12,051

 

Servicing rights (Note 6)

 

5,211

 

4,620

 

Goodwill, net

 

4,951

 

4,951

 

Other assets (Note 3 and 11)

 

6,535

 

7,193

 

 

 

$

897,874

 

$

847,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits (Note 8)

 

$

681,216

 

$

658,719

 

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings (Note 9)

 

119,664

 

93,750

 

Subordinated debentures payable to trusts (Note 10)

 

27,837

 

27,837

 

Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

6,446

 

6,391

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities (Note 15)

 

9,076

 

8,724

 

Total liabilities

 

844,239

 

795,421

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7 and 20)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (Notes 11, 12 and 13)

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, none outstanding

 

 

 

Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, $1.00 stated value, 50,000 shares authorized, none outstanding

 

 

 

Common stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 5,462,066 and 5,347,686 shares issued at June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004, respectively

 

55

 

53

 

Common stock subscribed for but not issued shares, 66,644 and 40,244 at June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004, respectively

 

1,266

 

698

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

19,190

 

17,680

 

Retained earnings, substantially restricted

 

65,267

 

61,653

 

Deferred compensation (Note 17)

 

(2,140

)

(1,147

)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss), net of related deferred tax effect (Note 18)

 

(836

)

(1,327

)

Less cost of treasury stock, 1,977,836 and 1,815,036 shares at June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively

 

(29,167

)

(25,961

)

 

 

53,635

 

51,649

 

 

 

$

897,874

 

$

847,070

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

62



 

HF FINANCIAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, 2004 AND 2003

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Interest, dividend and loan fee income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases receivable

 

$

40,489

 

$

36,935

 

$

40,240

 

Investment securities and interest-bearing deposits

 

4,457

 

3,325

 

4,022

 

 

 

44,946

 

40,260

 

44,262

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

12,659

 

10,205

 

12,511

 

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings

 

6,088

 

4,983

 

5,486

 

 

 

18,747

 

15,188

 

17,997

 

Net interest income

 

26,199

 

25,072

 

26,265

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases

 

2,681

 

2,020

 

3,173

 

Net interest income after provision for losses on loans and leases

 

23,518

 

23,052

 

23,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees on deposits

 

4,398

 

4,226

 

4,294

 

Loan servicing income

 

1,446

 

1,578

 

1,610

 

Gain on sale of loans, net

 

726

 

1,311

 

1,629

 

Earnings on cash value of life insurance

 

561

 

619

 

431

 

Trust income

 

701

 

568

 

471

 

Commission and insurance income

 

454

 

507

 

1,032

 

Gain on sale of securities, net

 

20

 

43

 

352

 

Other

 

708

 

976

 

667

 

 

 

9,014

 

9,828

 

10,486

 

Noninterest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

15,493

 

15,542

 

15,876

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

3,100

 

3,209

 

3,547

 

Check and data processing expense

 

1,893

 

1,819

 

1,741

 

Advertising

 

1,012

 

749

 

917

 

Foreclosed real estate and other properties, net

 

200

 

296

 

371

 

Other

 

3,238

 

3,158

 

3,596

 

 

 

24,936

 

24,773

 

26,048

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

7,596

 

8,107

 

7,530

 

Income tax expense (Note 11)

 

2,431

 

2,891

 

2,584

 

Income from continuing operations before

 

5,165

 

5,216

 

4,946

 

Discontinued operations (Note 2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued segment, net of income taxes of $131

 

 

 

253

 

(Loss) on discontinued segment, net of income taxes of $(116)

 

 

 

(224

)

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

 

29

 

Net income

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,975

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

63



 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (Note 14):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1.46

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.36

 

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

 

0.01

 

Net income

 

1.46

 

1.47

 

1.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share (Note 14):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

1.42

 

1.43

 

1.34

 

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

 

0.01

 

Net income

 

1.42

 

1.43

 

1.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend declared per share

 

0.44

 

0.43

 

0.42

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

64



 

HF FINANCIAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, 2004 AND 2003

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

 

 

Common
Stock

 

Common
Stock
Subscribed

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Deferred
Compensation

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss)

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total

 

Balance, June 30, 2002

 

$

49

 

$

 

$

16,014

 

$

54,516

 

$

(141

)

$

(206

)

$

(21,696

)

$

48,536

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

4,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

(554

)

 

 

 

Net change in retained interest, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrecognized pension costs, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,446

 

Issuance of stock and exercise of stock options

 

 

 

513

 

 

(287

)

 

 

226

 

Common stock subscribed for but not issued

 

 

382

 

 

 

(382

)

 

 

 

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

 

 

 

(1,524

)

 

 

 

(1,524

)

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,403

)

(2,403

)

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

77

 

Balance, June 30, 2003

 

49

 

382

 

16,527

 

57,967

 

(733

)

(735

)

(24,099

)

49,358

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

5,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net changes in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,298

)

 

 

 

Net change in retained interest, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrecognized pension costs, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

684

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,624

 

Issuance of stock and exercise of stock options (Note 17)

 

4

 

(382

)

1,153

 

 

166

 

 

 

941

 

Common stock subscribed for but not issued

 

 

698

 

 

 

(698

)

 

 

 

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

 

 

 

(1,530

)

 

 

 

(1,530

)

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,862

)

(1,862

)

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

118

 

Balance, June 30, 2004

 

53

 

698

 

17,680

 

61,653

 

(1,147

)

(1,327

)

(25,961

)

51,649

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

5,165

 

 

 

 

 

Net changes in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

516

 

 

 

Net change in retained interest, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

Net change in unrecognized pension costs, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,656

 

Issuance of stock and exercise of stock options (Note 17)

 

2

 

(698

)

1,510

 

 

49

 

 

 

863

 

Common stock subscribed for but not issued

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

(1,266

)

 

 

 

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

 

 

 

(1,551

)

 

 

 

(1,551

)

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,206

)

(3,206

)

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

224

 

Balance, June 30, 2005

 

$

55

 

$

1,266

 

$

19,190

 

$

65,267

 

$

(2,140

)

$

(836

)

$

(29,167

)

$

53,635

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

65



 

HF FINANCIAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, 2004 AND 2003

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,975

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases

 

2,681

 

2,020

 

3,173

 

Depreciation

 

1,417

 

1,518

 

1,659

 

Amortization of discounts and premiums on securities and other

 

1,566

 

1,616

 

1,549

 

Stock based compensation

 

331

 

234

 

166

 

Deferred income taxes (credits)

 

(836

)

976

 

2,629

 

Loans originated for resale

 

(80,212

)

(124,615

)

(219,671

)

Proceeds from the sale of loans

 

81,051

 

131,559

 

211,461

 

Gain on sale of loans, net

 

(726

)

(1,311

)

(1,664

)

Realized gain on sale of securities, net

 

(20

)

(43

)

(352

)

Losses and provision for losses on sales of foreclosed real estate and other properties, net

 

53

 

114

 

150

 

Loss on disposal of office properties and equipment, net

 

6

 

1

 

243

 

Change in other assets and liabilities (Note 21)

 

(490

)

(175

)

(5,284

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

9,986

 

17,110

 

(966

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases purchased

 

(16,835

)

(2,212

)

(1,466

)

Loans and leases originated and held

 

(208,651

)

(266,519

)

(203,562

)

Principal collected on loans and leases

 

192,945

 

221,173

 

164,911

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales, maturities and repayments

 

51,106

 

41,010

 

54,398

 

Purchases

 

(70,941

)

(78,508

)

(61,641

)

Purchases of other assets

 

 

(240

)

 

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

(5,958

)

(3,458

)

(693

)

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

3,729

 

5,014

 

 

Purchase of cash value of life insurance

 

 

 

(5,000

)

Proceeds from sale of office properties and equipment

 

2

 

 

14

 

Purchase of office properties and equipment

 

(1,848

)

(936

)

(1,531

)

Purchase of servicing rights

 

(959

)

(892

)

(569

)

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate and other properties

 

733

 

684

 

1,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) investment activities

 

(56,677

)

(84,884

)

(54,037

)

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

66



 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposit accounts

 

$

22,497

 

$

37,338

 

$

58,785

 

Proceeds of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings

 

548,976

 

277,211

 

565,250

 

Payments on advances from Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings

 

(523,062

)

(273,280

)

(559,739

)

Payment of debt issue costs

 

 

(158

)

(300

)

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures

 

 

7,000

 

10,000

 

Increase (decrease) in advances by borrowers

 

55

 

(1,510

)

1,465

 

Purchases of treasury stock

 

(3,206

)

(1,862

)

(2,403

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

756

 

825

 

137

 

Cash dividends paid

 

(1,551

)

(1,530

)

(1,524

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

44,465

 

44,034

 

71,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(2,226

)

(23,740

)

16,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

20,474

 

44,214

 

27,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

$

18,248

 

$

20,474

 

$

44,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flows Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for interest

 

$

18,554

 

$

15,441

 

$

18,650

 

Cash payments (receipts) for income and franchise taxes, net

 

1,704

 

(159

)

2,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed real estate and other properties acquired in settlement of loans

 

$

783

 

$

713

 

$

1,201

 

Loans receivable reclassified as held for sale

 

 

 

 

Office property reclassified as held for sale

 

 

 

191

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

67



 

HF FINANCIAL CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

NOTE 1 -     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The accounting and reporting policies of HF Financial Corp. and subsidiaries (the Company) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practice within the industry. The following is a description of the more significant of those policies that the Company follows in preparing and presenting its consolidated financial statements.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, HomeFirst Mortgage Corp. (the Mortgage Corp.), HF Financial Group, Inc. (HF Group), and Home Federal Bank (the Bank) and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Hometown Insurors, Inc. (Hometown), Mid America Capital Services, Inc. (Mid America Capital), Home Federal Securitization Corp. (HFSC), Mid-America Service Corporation and PMD, Inc.  HF Card, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was dissolved during the year 2003 (Note 2). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of financial condition and revenues and expenses for the fiscal year. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near-term related to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, the retained interest asset and servicing rights.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of reporting the statements of cash flows, the Company includes as cash equivalents all cash accounts which are not subject to withdrawal restrictions or penalties and time deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less.

 

Trust Assets

 

Assets of the trust department, other than trust cash on deposit at the Bank, are not included in these consolidated financial statements because they are not assets of the Bank.

 

Securities

 

Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the date individual securities are acquired and evaluates the appropriateness of such classifications at each statement of financial condition date.

 

Securities available for sale are those debt securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity, and all equity securities. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of the Company’s assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations, and other similar factors. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value and unrealized gains or losses are reported as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income net of the related deferred tax effect.

 

68



 

Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized over the contractual lives of those securities, except for mortgage-backed securities, for which prepayments are probable and predictable, which are amortized over the estimated expected repayment terms of the underlying mortgages. The method of amortization results in a constant effective yield on those securities (the interest method). Interest on debt securities is recognized in income as accrued. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.

 

Retained Interest Asset

 

When the Bank sells receivables in securitizations of automobile loans, it retains an interest-only strip and a cash reserve account, which is combined and included in other assets. The retained interest asset is initially recognized based upon an allocation of the carrying value of the assets which are securitized in proportion to the relative fair values of the assets sold and interests retained. After the securitization, these interests are treated as available for sale and are adjusted to fair value with the adjustment reflected as an unrealized gain or loss in the accumulated other comprehensive income category in stockholders’ equity, unless a decline in fair value is determined to be other than temporary, in which case the loss is charged to expense.

 

The retained interest asset is initially recorded as an asset at fair value. Fair value is based upon estimating future cash flows paid to the Bank from the Home Federal Automobile Securitization Trust 2003-A (“Automobile Securitization Trust”) sometimes called the “cash-out” method. The cash flows are modeled to reflect certain assumptions for prepayment speeds, discount rates and charge off rates as well as cash reserve balances reflecting the required credit enhancements.

 

The value of the retained interest asset will fluctuate over the life of the securitization to reflect income recorded on the amortized balance of the retained interest, cash received from the trust and changes in assumptions. The amortized balance is comprised of the initial allocated retained interest plus the interest accrued on the outstanding amortized balance less excess cash payments received from the Automobile Securitization Trust and less any recognized impairment on the securitization asset. The income recorded on the retained interest asset is classified as noninterest income and not interest income, which is consistent with the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) guidelines.

 

Impairment occurs whenever the current fair value of the retained interest is lower than its current amortized cost. If this occurs, a test must take place to determine if an impairment charge for the deficiency is required to be taken through current earnings. If there has been an adverse change in estimated cash flows considering both the timing and amount of flows, the retained interest must be written down to fair value, which becomes the new amortized cost basis for future amortization. No impairment losses were recorded during fiscal year 2005.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans receivable which the Bank may sell or intends to sell prior to maturity are carried at the lower of net book value or fair value on an aggregate basis. Such loans held for sale include loans receivable that management intends to use as part of its asset/liability strategy, or that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk or other similar factors.

 

69



 

Loans and Leases Receivable

 

Loans receivable are stated at unpaid principal balances, less the allowance for loan losses, and net of deferred loan origination fees, costs and discounts.

 

Discounts and premiums on loans are amortized to income using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for prepayments.

 

Loans and leases are generally classified as nonaccrual when there are reasonable doubts as to the collectibility of principal and/or interest and/or when payment becomes 90 days past due, except loans which are well secured and in the process of collection. Uncollectible interest on loans and leases that are impaired or contractually past due is charged off based on management’s periodic evaluation. The charge to interest income is equal to all interest previously accrued, and income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received until, in management’s judgment, the borrower’s ability to make periodic interest and principal payments is no longer in doubt, in which case the loan is returned to accrual status.

 

The Company’s leases receivable are classified as direct finance leases. Under the direct financing method of accounting for leases, the total net payments receivable under the lease contracts and the residual value of the leased equipment, net of unearned income, are recorded as a net investment in direct financing leases and the unearned income is recognized each month on a basis which approximates the interest method.

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

Large groups of similar balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.

 

70



 

Loan Origination Fees and Related Discounts

 

Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized as an adjustment to interest income using the interest method over the contractual life of the loans, adjusted for prepayments.

 

Commitment fees and costs relating to commitments, the likelihood of exercise of which is remote, are recognized during the commitment period. If the commitment is subsequently exercised during the commitment period, the remaining unamortized commitment fee at the time of exercise is recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of yield.

 

Loan Servicing

 

The cost allocated to servicing rights purchased or retained has been recognized as a separate asset and is being amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. Servicing rights are periodically evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified by one or more predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The Bank stratifies its capitalized servicing rights based on loan type. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount, if any, by which the amortized cost of the rights for each loan type exceeds their fair value. As of June 30, 2005, there was no impairment to loan servicing rights purchased and retained servicing rights.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill is the difference between the purchase price and the amounts assigned to the net assets acquired and accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Prior to July 2002, goodwill was amortized over 10 years.

 

In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which requires that goodwill no longer be amortized to earnings, but instead be reviewed at least annually for impairment. The provisions of FASB Statement No. 142 were implemented by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2003.

 

In October 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, which provides guidance on the accounting for the acquisition of a financial institution. The provisions of FASB Statement No. 147 reflect the conclusion that the excess of the fair value of liabilities assumed over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination represents goodwill that should be accounted for under FASB Statement No. 142. Thus, the specialized accounting guidance in paragraph 5 of FASB Statement No. 72 does not apply after September 30, 2003 for those acquisitions that meet the definition of a business combination. The Company adopted FASB Statement No. 147, effective October 1, 2002, and accordingly, reclassified FASB Statement No. 72 unidentifiable intangible assets of $416 to goodwill and no longer amortizes these assets after October 1, 2002.

 

At June 30, 2005, the Company had $4,951 of goodwill that is not being amortized. The Company performs annual testing to determine if goodwill is impaired. As of June 30, 2005, management believes there is no impairment with respect to intangible assets. The impact of FASB Statement No. 142 on the Company’s net income is shown in the following table for the periods presented:

 

71



 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported net income

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,975

 

Add back goodwill amortization, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported net income

 

$

1.46

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.37

 

Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

 

$

1.46

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported net income

 

$

1.42

 

$

1.43

 

$

1.35

 

Goodwill amortization, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

 

$

1.42

 

$

1.43

 

$

1.35

 

 

Intangible Asset

 

The intangible asset related to insurance customer lists. The original cost of this asset was $350, and it was being amortized over seven years. Amortization expense was $0, $4 and $68 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company sold the property and casualty book of business of Hometown to a third party effective July 31, 2003 for total proceeds of $375, of which the disposal of $69 of goodwill is included in the net gain of $116 on the sale of the casualty book of business during fiscal 2004.

 

Foreclosed Real Estate and Other Properties

 

Real estate and other properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are initially recorded at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Costs relating to improvement of property are capitalized, whereas costs relating to the holding of property are expensed. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and charge-offs to operations are made if the carrying value of a property exceeds its estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell.

 

Land held for sale is carried at the lower of cost, including cost of improvements and amenities incurred subsequent to acquisition, or fair value less cost to sell. Costs relating to the development and improvement of property are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding property are expensed. The carrying amount of land held for sale was $1,298 at June 30, 2005 and 2004.

 

72



 

Office Properties and Equipment

 

Land is carried at cost. All other properties and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Buildings and improvements and leasehold improvements are depreciated primarily on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which are five to fifty years. Furniture, fixtures, equipment and automobiles are depreciated using both the straight-line and declining balance methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets which are three to twelve years.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred taxes are provided on an asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

 

Earnings Per Share (EPS)

 

Basic EPS represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued.

 

During the second quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company declared a 1-1/10-for-1 stock split of all of the common stock of the Company outstanding, payable in the form of a 1/10-for-1 stock dividend. The 10% stock dividend was paid on December 31, 2003 to shareholders of record as of December 3, 2003. All per share data and number of common shares outstanding have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented as a result of the stock split.

 

Segment Reporting

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision makers in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s reportable segments are “banking” (including leasing activities) and “other.”  The “banking” segment is conducted through the Bank and Mid America Capital and the “other” segment is composed of smaller nonreportable segments, the Company and inter-segment eliminations.

 

The management approach is used as the conceptual basis for identifying reportable segments and is based on the way that management organizes the segments within the enterprise for making operating decisions, allocating resources, and monitoring performance, which is primarily based on products.

 

73



 

 

 

Banking

 

Other

 

Total

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

29,081

 

$

(2,882

)

$

26,199

 

Intersegment interest income

 

(1,233

)

1,233

 

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases

 

(2,681

)

 

(2,681

)

Noninterest income

 

8,873

 

141

 

9,014

 

Intersegment noninterest income

 

(124

)

124

 

 

Noninterest expense

 

(23,950

)

(986

)

(24,936

)

Intersegment noninterest expense

 

4

 

(4

)

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

9,970

 

$

(2,374

)

$

7,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

892,404

 

$

5,470

 

$

897,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

27,239

 

$

(2,167

)

$

25,072

 

Intersegment interest income

 

(854

)

854

 

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases

 

(2,020

)

 

(2,020

)

Noninterest income

 

9,915

 

(87

)

9,828

 

Intersegment noninterest income

 

(398

)

398

 

 

Noninterest expense

 

(23,822

)

(951

)

(24,773

)

Intersegment noninterest expense

 

4

 

(4

)

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

10,064

 

$

(1,957

)

$

8,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

844,783

 

$

2,287

 

$

847,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

27,256

 

$

(991

)

$

26,265

 

Intersegment interest income

 

(892

)

892

 

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases

 

(3,173

)

 

(3,173

)

Noninterest income

 

11,790

 

(1,304

)

10,486

 

Intersegment noninterest income

 

(548

)

548

 

 

Noninterest expense

 

(26,056

)

8

 

(26,048

)

Intersegment noninterest expense

 

(3

)

3

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

8,374

 

$

(844

)

$

7,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

796,027

 

$

5,076

 

$

801,103

 

 

74



 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

 

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts reported in the statements of financial condition for cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values.

 

Securities – Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices, except for stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank for which fair value is assumed to equal cost.

 

Retained interest asset – Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest.

 

Loans and leases – Approximately 59% of loans are variable-rate loans that reprice at various frequencies and have no significant change in interest rate risk. Fair values on these loans are based on carrying values. The fair values for fixed-rate loans and leases are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans and leases with similar terms to borrowers with similar credit quality or from quoted market prices of similar loans and leases sold, adjusted for differences in loan and lease characteristics.

 

Accrued interest receivable – The carrying value of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.

 

Servicing rights – Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest.

 

Off-statement-of-financial-condition instruments – Fair values for the Company’s off-statement-of-financial-condition instruments (unused lines of credit and letters of credit), which are based upon fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and counterparties’ credit standing, are not significant.

 

Deposits – The fair values for deposits with no defined maturities equal their carrying amounts, which represent the amount payable on demand. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on certificates of deposit.

 

Borrowed funds – The carrying amounts reported for variable rate advances approximate their fair values. Fair values for fixed-rate advances and other borrowings are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on advances and borrowings with corresponding maturity dates.

 

Subordinated debentures payable to trusts – The carrying amounts for subordinated debentures payable to trusts approximate their fair values.

 

Accrued interest payable and advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance – The carrying values of accrued interest payable and advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance approximate their fair values.

 

75



 

Stock-based compensation – The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25., Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost has been recognized for grants under the fixed stock option plans, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to stock-based employee compensation.

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,975

 

Add stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects

 

214

 

154

 

110

 

Deduct total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects (1)

 

(442

)

(289

)

(246

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

 

$

4,937

 

$

5,081

 

$

4,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

1.46

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.37

 

Pro forma

 

1.40

 

1.43

 

1.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

1.42

 

$

1.43

 

$

1.35

 

Pro forma

 

1.36

 

1.39

 

1.31

 

 


(1) Includes expenses related to restricted stock reported in net income.

 

The fair value of each incentive stock option grant is estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following weighted average assumptions were used for grants in fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively:  a dividend rate as a percentage of stock price of 2.69%, 2.79%, and 2.59%; price volatility of 24.00%, 24.00% and 25.00%; risk-free interest rates of 3.73%, 4.26% and 3.64% and expected lives of seven years for all three years.

 

In December, 2004, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” which requires the measurement of all employee share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, using a fair-value based method and the recording of such expense in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. This will be effective for the Company for the interim reporting period ending September 30, 2005. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS No. 123 no longer will be an alternative to financial statement recognition.

 

Self-insurance – The Company has a self-insured health plan for its employees. The accrual estimate for pending and incurred but not reported health claims is based upon a pending claims lag report provided by a third party provider. Although management believes that it uses the best information available to determine the accrual, unforeseen health claims could result in adjustments and net earnings being significantly affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in estimating the accrual. Amounts charged to expense related to the self-insured health plan during fiscal years 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $1,213, $1,662 and $1,575, respectively.

 

76



 

Reclassification – During fiscal year 2004, the Company reclassified certain deferred loan origination fees and other loan fees and costs. This process was done upon a fuller interpretation of Statement No. 91 as issued by the FASB and Regulation S-X (“Reg S-X”) as issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. All periods presented have been revised in presentation to reflect this reclassification and there was no change to net income or earnings per share as a result of this reclassification.

 

NOTE 2 -     DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND SALE

 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2002, management committed to a plan to sell the subprime credit card operations which were previously reported in the credit card segment of the Company. At June 30, 2002, the Company estimated the net realizable value based on estimates from a third party and reclassified the net realizable value of $1,115 at that time from loans receivable to loans held for sale. The Bank ceased processing subprime credit card applications in March 1999 and had been managing the portfolio from a balance of $18,062 at June 30, 1999, to the sale of the receivables as of January 31, 2003. On December 31, 2002, the Company, through the Bank, entered into an agreement to sell the discontinued credit card operations to an independent third party. Amounts of revenue (including interest income on loans and noninterest income) and pretax profit reported in discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, were $818 and $44, respectively. The Company dissolved the operations of HF Card during the third quarter of fiscal 2003.

 

NOTE 3 -     CONSUMER AUTOMOBILE LOAN SECURITIZATION

 

On January 31, 2003, the Bank securitized and sold motor vehicle installment loans with principal balances totaling $50,002 for a gain of $308 through HFSC and the Automobile Securitization Trust. As part of the sales transaction, the Bank retains servicing responsibilities. In addition, the Bank retains the rights to cash flows remaining after investors in the Automobile Securitization Trust have receive their contractual payments and has pledged a $1,500 reserve fund to the Automobile Securitization Trust. These retained interests are subordinated to investors’ interests. The investors and Automobile Securitization Trust have no recourse to the Bank’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due.

 

The gain recognized on the sale of these loans was determined by allocating the carrying amount of the loans between the loans sold and the interests retained. The Bank determined that 50 basis points of the 100 basis points servicing contract represented was excess servicing and was capitalized as part of the transaction utilizing a market discount rate of 10.0%. This asset is amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income.

 

Key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of retained interests at the date of securitization resulting from securitization completed during fiscal year 2003 were as follows:

 

Prepayment speed (ABS annual rate)

 

18.00

%(1)

Weighted-average life (in years)

 

3.58

 

Expected credit losses (annual rate)

 

.63

%

Discount rate for the retained interest

 

15.00

%

Discount rate for loan servicing rights

 

10.00

%

 


(1)          18.00% ABS is the equivalent to 20.21% CPR and 721.61 PSA.

 

77



 

Key economic assumptions used and the sensitivity of fair value of the retained interest as of June 30, 2005 are as follows:

 

 

 

Retained
Interest

 

Servicing
Rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair values

 

$

1,713

 

$

12

 

Weighted average life (in years)

 

1.86

 

1.86

 

Prepayment speed (ABS annual rate)

 

20.40

%

20.40

%

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

$

(8

)

$

(2

)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

$

(9

)

$

(2

)

Credit losses (annual rate)

 

1.13

%

1.13

%

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

$

(4

)

$

 

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

$

(7

)

$

 

Discount rate

 

6.35

%

10.00

%

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

$

(4

)

$

 

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

$

(9

)

$

 

 

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on a 10 percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

 

Static pool losses are calculated by summing the actual credit losses and dividing the total by the original balance of the pool of loans. The expected static pool losses of the loans securitized in fiscal 2003 is 1.13%.

 

The table below summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to the securitization trust during fiscal years 2005 and 2004:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Servicing fees received

 

$

118

 

$

263

 

Other cash flows received on retained interest

 

316

 

1,998

 

 

78



 

The following table presents delinquencies, net credit losses, and components of securitized financial assets and other loans managed together with them as of June 30, 2005 and 2004:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile loans held in portfolio

 

$

108,621

 

$

101,669

 

Automobile loans serviced for others

 

6,635

 

17,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total managed automobile loans

 

$

115,256

 

$

118,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal amount of managed automobile loans 60 days or more past due

 

$

286

 

$

306

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net credit losses for automobile loans for the year

 

$

428

 

$

511

 

 

The Company has the option to execute a cleanup call when the total outstanding balance is at 10.0% or less of the original pool balance, or $5,000. Based on management’s estimates, this cleanup call could be executed in the second quarter of the fiscal year ending June 30, 2006.

 

NOTE 4 -     INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES

 

The amortized cost and fair values of investments in securities, all of which are classified as available for sale according to management’s intent, are as follows:

 

 

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies and corporations

 

$

5,000

 

$

 

$

(14

)

$

4,986

 

Federal Home Loan Bank

 

3,974

 

27

 

(5

)

3,996

 

Municipal bonds

 

3,085

 

2

 

(18

)

3,069

 

Preferred term securities

 

9,000

 

56

 

 

9,056

 

 

 

21,059

 

85

 

(37

)

21,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA

 

8

 

15

 

 

23

 

Federal agricultural mortgage

 

7

 

2

 

 

9

 

Other

 

39

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

54

 

17

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

122,667

 

30

 

(1,446

)

121,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

143,780

 

$

132

 

$

(1,483

)

$

142,429

 

 

79



 

 

 

June 30, 2004

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies and corporations

 

$

2,999

 

$

 

$

(14

)

$

2,985

 

Federal Home Loan Bank

 

1,000

 

30

 

 

1,030

 

Municipal bonds

 

4,618

 

11

 

(16

)

4,613

 

Preferred term securities

 

9,000

 

34

 

 

9,034

 

 

 

17,617

 

75

 

(30

)

17,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA

 

8

 

21

 

 

29

 

Federal agricultural mortgage

 

7

 

2

 

 

9

 

 

 

15

 

23

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

107,267

 

8

 

(2,260

)

105,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

124,899

 

$

106

 

$

(2,290

)

$

122,715

 

 

The following tables present the age of gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.

 

 

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies and corporations

 

$

6,480

 

$

(19

)

$

 

$

 

$

6,480

 

$

(19

)

Municipal bonds

 

1,715

 

(9

)

717

 

(9

)

2,432

 

(18

)

 

 

8,195

 

(28

)

717

 

(9

)

8,912

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

65,083

 

(656

)

48,542

 

(790

)

113,625

 

(1,446

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

73,278

 

$

(684

)

$

49,259

 

$

(799

)

$

122,537

 

$

(1,483

)

 

80



 

 

 

June 30, 2004

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or More

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)

 

Fair
Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies and corporations

 

$

2,985

 

$

(14

)

$

 

$

 

$

2,985

 

$

(14

)

Municipal bonds

 

1,968

 

(16

)

235

 

(1

)

2,203

 

(17

)

 

 

4,953

 

(30

)

235

 

(1

)

5,188

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

78,673

 

(1,860

)

22,244

 

(400

)

100,917

 

(2,260

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

83,626

 

$

(1,890

)

$

22,479

 

$

(401

)

$

106,105

 

$

(2,291

)

 

Management does not believe any individual unrealized losses as of June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004, represent an other-than-temporary impairment. The unrealized losses reported for mortgage-backed securities relate primarily to securities issued by FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC. These unrealized losses in total are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates. As a group, the unrealized losses, were less than 1.2% and 2.1% of its respective amortized cost basis for June 30, 2005 and June 20, 2004, respectively. The Company has the ability to hold the securities to maturity contained in this table for a time necessary to recover the amortized cost.

 

The amortized cost and fair values of debt securities as of June 30, 2005, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

1,201

 

$

1,199

 

Due after one year through five years

 

7,258

 

7,262

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

3,600

 

3,590

 

Due after ten years

 

9,000

 

9,056

 

 

 

21,059

 

21,107

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

122,667

 

121,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

143,726

 

$

142,358

 

 

Equity securities have been excluded from the maturity table above because they do not have contractual maturities associated with debt securities.

 

81



 

The components of other comprehensive income (loss) – net change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gain (loss) arising during the year

 

$

853

 

$

(2,051

)

$

(541

)

Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

 

(20

)

(43

)

(352

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) before income taxes

 

833

 

(2,094

)

(893

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (taxes) benefit

 

(317

)

796

 

339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income - net change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities

 

$

516

 

$

(1,298

)

$

(554

)

 

Proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale in fiscal 2005 were $17,174 and resulted in gross gains of $20. Proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale in fiscal 2004 were $6,324 and resulted in gross gains of $43. Proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale in fiscal 2003 were $15,210 and resulted in gross gains of $352.

 

At June 30, 2005 and 2004, securities with a fair value of $130,233 and $109,029, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public deposits and other purposes.

 

82



 

NOTE 5 -     LOANS AND LEASES RECEIVABLE

 

Loans and leases receivable at June 30, 2005 and 2004 consist of the following:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Loans secured by real estate

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-four family

 

$

96,994

 

$

94,465

 

Multi-family

 

34,241

 

42,721

 

Commercial

 

98,243

 

89,538

 

Agriculture

 

23,954

 

20,449

 

Construction and development

 

15,454

 

15,044

 

Business, consumer and other

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

125,569

 

124,158

 

Automobile

 

108,621

 

101,669

 

Junior liens on real estate

 

87,243

 

85,684

 

Agriculture

 

50,088

 

42,953

 

Equipment financing leases

 

33,090

 

26,942

 

Other loans

 

5,405

 

4,900

 

Loans on savings accounts

 

1,253

 

1,489

 

Mobile home

 

563

 

848

 

 

 

680,718

 

650,860

 

Add (less)

 

 

 

 

 

Undisbursed portion of loans in process

 

(6,350

)

(7,338

)

Deferred loan fees and unamortized discounts and premiums, net

 

1,289

 

1,029

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

(5,076

)

(3,605

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

670,581

 

$

640,946

 

 

Loans held for sale totaling $10,238 at June 30, 2005 consist of $9,838 one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and $400 of student loans.  Loans held for sale totaling $10,351 at June 30, 2004 consist of $10,027 one-to-four family fixed-rate loans and $324 of student loans.

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses included in continuing operations is summarized as follows for the fiscal years ended June 30:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning

 

$

3,605

 

$

3,842

 

$

4,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision charged to income

 

2,681

 

2,020

 

3,173

 

Allowance related to assets acquired (sold), net

 

 

 

(264

)

Other charge offs

 

(1,545

)

(2,564

)

(4,001

)

Recoveries

 

335

 

307

 

473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, ending

 

$

5,076

 

$

3,605

 

$

3,842

 

 

83



 

The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired loans and nonaccrual loans as of and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005, 2004, and 2003:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance

 

$

98

 

$

248

 

$

27

 

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance

 

4,115

 

 

2,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

 

$

4,213

 

$

248

 

$

2,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance related to impaired loans

 

$

1,750

 

$

 

$

846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccruing loans and leases

 

$

5,322

 

$

1,561

 

$

4,365

 

Accruing loans and leases delinquent more than 90 days

 

1,609

 

502

 

1,466

 

Average investment in impaired loans

 

529

 

1,702

 

5,199

 

Interest income recognized on impaired loans

 

16

 

505

 

17

 

 

No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans.

 

NOTE 6 -     LOAN SERVICING

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others (primarily the South Dakota Housing Development Authority) are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was $499,064 and $462,708 at June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Custodial balances maintained in connection with mortgage loan servicing, and included in advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance, were approximately $876, and $1,015 at June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

The carrying values of mortgage and consumer servicing rights were $5,211 and $4,620 at June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The fair values of these rights were $6,453 and $7,763 at June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The fair values of the servicing rights were estimated as the present value of the expected future cash flows using a discount rate of 10%. During fiscal years 2005 and 2004, servicing rights of $1,157 and $1,136, respectively, were capitalized. The Company recognized expense for amortization of the cost of servicing rights in the amount of $566, $519 and $482 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

No valuation allowances were provided for servicing rights capitalized during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005 and 2004.

 

84



 

NOTE 7 -     OFFICE PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

1,832

 

$

1,832

 

Buildings and improvements

 

16,898

 

15,802

 

Leasehold improvements

 

1,475

 

1,475

 

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and automobile

 

13,530

 

12,868

 

 

 

33,735

 

31,977

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(20,757

)

(19,422

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,978

 

$

12,555

 

 

In addition, the Company leases several branch facilities under operating lease agreements which require minimum rentals totaling $2,030 through the year ending June 30, 2010.

 

NOTE 8 -     DEPOSITS

 

Deposits at June 30, 2005 and 2004 consist of the following:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing checking accounts

 

$

85,705

 

$

75,251

 

Interest bearing accounts

 

50,120

 

45,738

 

Money market accounts

 

209,116

 

211,928

 

Savings accounts

 

63,235

 

63,670

 

Certificates of deposit

 

273,040

 

262,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

681,216

 

$

658,719

 

 

Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

 

Maturing in fiscal year:

 

2006

 

$

142,797

 

2007

 

78,108

 

2008

 

33,645

 

2009

 

9,245

 

2010

 

9,245

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

273,040

 

 

Deposit accounts are insured up to $100 by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF) under management of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The aggregate amount of jumbo certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100 was approximately $82,900 and $74,574 at June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Deposits at June 30, 2005 and 2004 include $51,640 and $53,008, respectively, of deposits from one local governmental entity, the majority of which are savings accounts.

 

85



 

NOTE 9 -     ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AND OTHER BORROWINGS

 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (FHLB) and the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis at June 30, 2005 and 2004, are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed-rate advances (with rates ranging from 1.9% to 6.4%)

 

$

110,077

 

$

77,223

 

Variable-rate advances (with rates ranging from 1.2% to 3.6%)

 

8,882

 

15,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

118,959

 

$

92,985

 

 

Aggregate maturities of advances, computed based on call date, are as follows:  2006 - $98,459; 2007 - $20,000; 2008 - $0; 2009 - $500 and 2010 - $0. Prepayment of the callable advances results in a prepayment fee as negotiated between the Bank and the FHLB.

 

Advances with the FHLB are secured by stock in the FHLB, one-to-four family first mortgage loans, multi-family first mortgage loans and investment securities. In order to provide additional borrowing collateral, commercial real estate first mortgage loans, home equity line of credit loans and home equity second mortgage have also been pledged with the FHLB.

 

Advances with the Federal Reserve Bank are secured by commercial business loans.

 

Convertible advances without a strike rate are subject to be called at the FHLB’s discretion. Convertible advances tied to LIBOR strike rates may only be called if the three month LIBOR rate is equal to or greater than the indicated strike rate.

 

The Bank currently has $10,000 and $15,000 unsecured lines of federal funds with correspondent banks. There were no funds drawn on either line of credit at June 30, 2005.

 

The Company has a line of credit for $6,000 with First Tennessee Bank, NA for liquidity needs of the Company. At June 30, 2005, no funds were advanced on the line of credit.

 

Other borrowings consist of the following:

 

The Company has a contract for deed which requires monthly payments of $9, plus interest at 7.0%, to October 2013. The contract for deed, which is secured by land held for sale with a carrying value of $1,298, had a balance of $705 and $765 at June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

On December 31, 2004, the Company entered into a Real Estate Purchase Agreement, secured by the contract for deed as described above, that provides for the sale by the Company of approximately 211.44 acres of real property located in Minnehaha County, South Dakota (the “Property”), for a per acre purchase price of $23 and an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4,900. The purchase price for the Property is payable as follows: upon full execution of the Agreement, $100 in earnest money escrowed in an interest bearing account with the title company, with the remaining balance payable on the date of and at the closing. The closing for such sale will occur on December 15, 2005, subject to certain conditions.

 

86



 

NOTE 10 -     SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES PAYABLE TO TRUSTS

 

On November 28, 2001, the Company issued 10,000 shares totaling $10,000 of Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Trust I. Trust I exists for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in subordinated debentures of the Company. These subordinated debentures constitute the sole asset of Trust I. The securities provide for cumulative cash distributions calculated at a rate based on six-month LIBOR plus 3.75% adjusted semi-annually. The Company may, at one or more times, defer interest payments on the capital securities for up to 10 consecutive semi-annual periods, but not beyond December 8, 2031. At the end of the deferral period, all accumulated and unpaid distributions must be paid. The capital securities must be redeemed on December 8, 2031; however, the Company has the option to shorten the maturity date to a date not earlier than December 8, 2006. The capital securities have no voting rights, are unsecured, and rank junior in priority of the payment to all of the Company’s indebtedness and senior to the Company’s capital stock.

 

On July 11, 2002, the Company issued 5,000 shares totaling $5,000 of Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Trust II. Trust II was established and exists for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in subordinated debentures of the Company. These subordinated debentures constitute the sole asset of Trust II. The securities provide for cumulative cash distributions calculated at a rate based on three-month LIBOR plus 3.65% adjusted quarterly. The Company may, at one or more times, defer interest payments on the capital securities for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods, but not beyond October 7, 2032. The capital securities must be redeemed on October 7, 2032; however, the Company has the option to shorten the maturity date to a date not earlier than July 7, 2007. Holders of the capital securities have no voting rights, are unsecured, and rank junior in priority of the payment to all of the Company’s indebtedness and senior to the Company’s capital stock.

 

On December 19, 2002, the Company issued 5,000 shares totaling $5,000 of Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Trust III. Trust III exists for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in subordinated debentures of the Company. These subordinated debentures constitute the sole asset of Trust III. The securities provide for cumulative cash distributions calculated at a rate based on three-month LIBOR plus 3.35% adjusted quarterly. The Company may, at one or more times, defer interest payments on the capital securities for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods, but not beyond January 7, 2033. At the end of the deferral period, all accumulated and unpaid distributions must be paid. The capital securities must be redeemed on January 7, 2033; however, the Company has the option to shorten the maturity date to a date not earlier than January 7, 2008. Holders of the capital securities have no voting rights, are unsecured, and rank junior in priority of the payment to all of the Company’s indebtedness and senior to the Company’s capital stock.

 

87



 

On September 25, 2003, the Company issued 7,000 shares totaling $7,000 of Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Trust IV. Trust IV exists for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in subordinated debentures of the Company. These subordinated debentures constitute the sole asset of Trust IV. The securities provide for cumulative cash distributions calculated at a rate based on three-month LIBOR plus 3.10% adjusted quarterly. The Company may, at one or more times, defer interest payments on the capital securities for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods, but not beyond October 8, 2033. At the end of the deferral period, all accumulated and unpaid distributions must be paid. The capital securities must be redeemed on October 8, 2003; however, the Company has the option to shorten the maturity date to a date not earlier than October 8, 2008. Holders of the capital securities have no voting rights, are unsecured, and rank junior in priority of the payment to all of the Company’s indebtedness and senior to the Company’s capital stock.

 

FASB Interpretation No. 46 (Revised December 2003), Consolidating of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46R) replaces in its entirety, FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, that was issued by the FASB in January 2003. FIN 46R provides guidance related to identifying variable interest entities (previously known generally as special purpose entities of SPEs) and determining whether such entities should be consolidated. Key to the consolidating determination is whether such entities disperse risks among the parties involved. If those risks are not dispersed, and therefore an enterprise bears the majority of the risk or rewards related to the variable interest entity, it would consolidate that variable interest entity.

 

The subordinated trust entities of the Company were deconsolidated during 2004 and the June 30, 2003 balance sheet was restated as provided by FIN 46R. As a result, the fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 balance sheets include $27,837, $27,837, and $20,620 of subordinated debentures to these trusts, which was previously included on the balance sheet at June 30, 2003, as $20,000 of Company obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts that solely hold subordinated debentures after a consolidation elimination of $620. The terms of the subordinated debentures correspond to the related preferred securities. The overall effect on the Company’s financial position and operating results of the deconsolidation was not material, and did not affect reported equity or net income.

 

NOTE 11 -     INCOME TAX MATTERS

 

The Company and subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return on a fiscal year basis. The Bank is allowed bad debt deductions based on actual charge-offs.

 

The consolidated provision for income taxes from continuing operations consists of the following for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

2,786

 

$

1,485

 

$

412

 

State

 

481

 

430

 

463

 

Deferred expense

 

(836

)

976

 

1,709

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,431

 

$

2,891

 

$

2,584

 

 

88



 

Income tax expense is different from that calculated at the statutory federal income tax rate to pretax income from continuing operations. The reasons for this difference in the tax expense are as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computed “expected” tax expense

 

$

2,659

 

$

2,837

 

$

2,636

 

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax exempt income

 

(172

)

(116

)

(224

)

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

331

 

320

 

331

 

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

(168

)

(184

)

(16

)

Benefit of income taxed at lower rates

 

(61

)

(67

)

(65

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

(1

)

(76

)

 

Other, net

 

(157

)

177

 

(78

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,431

 

$

2,891

 

$

2,584

 

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset (liability) as of June 30, 2005 and 2004, are as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

$

1,738

 

$

1,181

 

Accrued expenses

 

377

 

399

 

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

 

513

 

830

 

Other

 

392

 

542

 

 

 

3,020

 

2,952

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(5

)

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,015

 

2,946

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

2,072

 

2,626

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

309

 

235

 

Other assets

 

175

 

155

 

Other

 

12

 

18

 

 

 

2,568

 

3,034

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

447

 

$

(88

)

 

Retained earnings at June 30, 2005 and 2004, include approximately $4,805 related to the pre-1987 allowance for loan losses for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been recognized. These amounts represent an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. If the Bank no longer qualifies as a bank, or in the event of a liquidation of the Bank, income would be created for tax purposes only, which would be subject to the then current corporate income tax rate. The unrecorded deferred income tax liability on the above amount for financial statement purposes was approximately $1,634.

 

89



 

NOTE 12 -     REGULATORY CAPITAL

 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital (as defined) to adjusted total assets (as defined). Management believes, as of June 30, 2005 and 2004, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

 

As of June 30, 2005, the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I (core) capital ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have unfavorably changed the Bank’s category.

 

The following table summarizes the Bank’s compliance with its regulatory capital requirements at June 30, 2005 and 2004: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective

 

 

 

Actual

 

Requirement

 

Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

As of June 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier I (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)

 

$

73,815

 

8.28

%

$

35,046

 

4.00

%

$

44,577

 

5.00

%

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

75,423

 

10.66

%

56,610

 

8.00

%

70,763

 

10.00

%

Tangible capital (to tangible assets)

 

73,815

 

8.28

%

13,373

 

1.50

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

73,815

 

10.43

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

42,458

 

6.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier I (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)

 

$

69,762

 

8.28

%

$

33,689

 

4.00

%

$

42,112

 

5.00

%

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

71,502

 

10.54

%

54,270

 

8.00

%

67,838

 

10.00

%

Tangible capital (to tangible assets)

 

69,762

 

8.28

%

12,633

 

1.50

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

69,762

 

10.28

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

40,703

 

6.00

%

 

90



 

NOTE 13 -     STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

The Company currently has in effect a publicly announced stock buy-back program in which up to 10% of the common stock of the Company outstanding on May 1, 2005, may be acquired through April 30, 2006. A total of 162,800 shares of common stock were purchased pursuant to this current program and the previous publicly announced program in effect during fiscal year 2005. Pursuant to a series of stock buy-back programs initiated by the Company since 1996, the Company has purchased an aggregate of 1,977,836 shares of common stock through June 30, 2005. The aggregate purchases include two blocks of 11,000 and 340,021 shares of common stock repurchased in private transactions in February 2004 and January 2002, respectively. As of June 30, 2005, the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the current program was 303,614 shares.

 

The Company has authorized 50,000 shares of Preferred Stock, designated as “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock” with a stated value of $1.00 per share. Outstanding shares of the Junior Preferred Stock are entitled to cumulative dividends. Such shares have voting rights of 100 votes per share and a preference in liquidation. The shares are not redeemable after issuance.

 

The Company also has preferred share purchase rights (Rights). Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at a price of $65 per one-hundredth of a preferred share, subject to the complete terms as stated in the Rights Agreement. The Rights become exercisable immediately after the earlier of (i) ten business days following a public announcement that a person or group has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the outstanding common shares of the Company (subject to certain exclusions), (ii) ten business days following the commencement or announcement of an intention to make a tender offer or exchange offer, the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of 20% or more of such outstanding common shares. The Rights expire on October 22, 2006, which date may be extended subject to certain additional conditions. There were no outstanding Rights as of June 30, 2005.

 

Under current regulations, the Bank is not permitted to pay dividends on its stock if its regulatory capital would reduce below (i) the amount required for the liquidation account established to provide a limited priority claim to the assets of the Bank to qualifying depositors (Eligible Account Holders) at March 31, 1992, who continue to maintain deposits at the Bank after its conversion from a federal mutual savings and loan association to a federal stock savings bank pursuant to its Plan of Conversion adopted August 21, 1991, or (ii) the Bank’s regulatory capital requirements. Capital distributions are limited to the greater of 100% of net income for the year to date plus 50% of the amount of which the lesser of the institution’s tangible core or risk-based capital exceeds its capital requirement for such capital commitment, as measured at the beginning of the calendar year or up to 75% of net income over the most recent four quarter period. Subsequent to June 30, 2005, the Bank sent written notification to the OTS of its intention to pay up to 50% of the Bank’s net income for each quarter in the year ending June 30, 2006, to the Company.

 

91



 

NOTE 14 -     EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

A reconciliation of the income and common stock share amounts used in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005, 2004, and 2003, follow:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,946

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic EPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

3,532,088

 

3,557,860

 

3,631,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1.46

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.36

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1.46

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

3,532,088

 

3,557,860

 

3,631,431

 

Common share equivalents - stock options and stock issuable under employee compensation plans

 

105,266

 

98,292

 

67,873

 

Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents

 

3,637,354

 

3,656,152

 

3,699,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

1.42

 

$

1.43

 

$

1.34

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1.42

 

$

1.43

 

$

1.35

 

 

All options outstanding were included in the computation for the year ended June 30, 2005. Options outstanding of approximately 43,000 and 99,000 shares of common stock at weighted average share prices of $16.23 and $14.20 during the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise prices of those instruments exceeded the average market prices of the common shares during the years.

 

92



 

NOTE 15 -     DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN

 

The Company has a noncontributory (cash balance) defined benefit pension plan covering all employees of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries who have attained the age of 21 and have completed 1,000 hours in a plan year. The benefits are based on 6% of each eligible participant’s annual compensation, plus income earned in the accounts at a rate determined annually based on 30-year treasury note rates. The Company’s funding policy is to make the minimum annual required contribution plus such amounts as the Company may determine to be appropriate from time to time. One hundred percent vesting occurs after five years with a retirement age of 65. Information relative to the components of net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s defined benefit plan is presented below.

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in benefit obligations

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligations, beginning

 

$

4,476

 

$

4,473

 

Service cost

 

454

 

431

 

Interest cost

 

366

 

324

 

Benefits paid

 

(359

)

(169

)

Actuarial loss (gain)

 

84

 

(583

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligations, ending

 

$

5,021

 

$

4,476

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning

 

$

3,675

 

$

2,793

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

262

 

381

 

Company contributions

 

662

 

670

 

Benefits paid

 

(359

)

(169

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, ending

 

$

4,240

 

$

3,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets (deficient) of obligations

 

$

(782

)

$

(801

)

Unrecognized losses

 

880

 

721

 

Unrecognized transition asset

 

12

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Accrued) prepaid benefit cost at end of year

 

$

110

 

$

(58

)

 

93



 

The components of pension cost for the fiscal years ended June 30, consist of the following:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

454

 

$

431

 

$

622

 

Interest cost

 

366

 

324

 

282

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(370

)

(244

)

(204

)

Amortization of prior losses

 

33

 

55

 

113

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

(44

)

(46

)

Amortization of transition asset

 

12

 

12

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total costs recognized in expense

 

$

495

 

$

534

 

$

779

 

 

The components in the balance sheet consist of:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Accrued) prepaid benefit cost

 

$

110

 

$

(58

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net asset (liability) recorded in the consolidated balance sheet

 

$

110

 

$

(58

)

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at June 30, are as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate - preretirement

 

7.50

%

7.50

%

Discount rate - postretirement

 

4.93

%

4.93

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

5.50

%

5.50

%

 

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for fiscal years ended June 30, are as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate - preretirement

 

7.50

%

7.50

%

Discount rate - postretirement

 

4.55

%

4.81

%

Expected long-term return on plan assets

 

8.00

%

8.00

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

5.50

%

5.50

%

 

The overall expected long-term rate of return on assets is based on economic forecasts, projected asset allocation and benefit obligations.

 

94



 

Plan Assets:  The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations at June 30, 2005 and 2004 by asset category are as follows:

 

 

 

June 30, 2005

 

Investment Category

 

Cost

 

Market
Value

 

Unrealized
Gain

 

Actual Asset
Mix as a % of
Market Value

 

Target Asset
Mix as a % of
Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equities

 

$

2,521

 

$

2,871

 

$

350

 

65.5

%

65.0

%

Fixed

 

1,282

 

1,308

 

26

 

29.9

%

30.0

%

Cash and cash equivalents

 

201

 

201

 

 

4.6

%

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total pension plan assets

 

$

4,004

 

$

4,380

 

$

376

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

 

June 30, 2004

 

Investment Category

 

Cost

 

Market
Value

 

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)

 

Actual Asset
Mix as a % of
Market Value

 

Target Asset
Mix as a % of
Market Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equities

 

$

2,392

 

$

2,381

 

$

(11

)

64.8

%

65.0

%

Fixed

 

1,090

 

1,107

 

17

 

30.1

%

30.0

%

Cash and cash equivalents

 

187

 

187

 

 

5.1

%

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total pension plan assets

 

$

3,669

 

$

3,675

 

$

6

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

The objective of the pension plan investment policy for equities is to pursue a growth strategy that results in capital appreciation. The objective of the pension plan investment policy for fixed rate instruments and cash equivalents is to ensure safety of principal and interest.

 

The Company expects to contribute $610 to its pension plan in fiscal 2006.

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments:  The following benefit payments which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid during the years ended June 30: 

 

2006

 

$

372

 

2007

 

267

 

2008

 

244

 

2009

 

328

 

2010

 

495

 

Years 2011 -2016

 

3,620

 

 

95



 

NOTE 16 -     RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

The Company has a retirement savings plan covering all full-time employees of the Company who have attained age 21 and completed one year of service during which they worked at least 1,000 hours. The plan is intended to be a qualified profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to IRS Code Section 401(k) and regulations issued there under. The plan allows voluntary contributions by eligible employees, and also allows discretionary contributions by the Company as determined annually by the Board of Directors. The total compensation cost charged to expense related to the plan was $275, $233, and $251 for 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

NOTE 17 -     STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

The Company has a 1991 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (1991 Option Plan), in which awards for an aggregate amount of 910,800 common shares may be granted to directors and employees of the Bank. Options granted had a maximum term of 10 years. The 1991 Option Plan also provided for the award of stock appreciation rights, limited stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock.

 

During fiscal year 2003, the Company established the 2002 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (2002 Option Plan), and ceased granting options under the 1991 Option Plan. Under the 2002 Option Plan, awards for an aggregate amount of 825,000 common shares may be granted to directors and employees of the Bank. Options granted under the Option Plan may be either options that qualify as Incentive Stock Options, as defined in the Code, or options that do not qualify. Options granted may have a maximum term of 10 years. The 2002 Option Plan also provides for the award of stock appreciation rights, limited stock appreciation rights and restricted stock.

 

The Company has a long-term incentive plan which provides for the grant of restricted stock awards and for stock options under the option plans if the Company achieves certain performance levels. During fiscal years 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Company met a performance level in the plan and, accordingly, for fiscal year 2005 restricted stock with a value of $1,266 will be issued in fiscal year 2006. During fiscal years 2005 and 2004, 40,940 and 15,817 shares, respectively of restricted stock were issued under the 2002 Option Plan. These shares vest 33 1/3% after 3 years, 66 2/3% after 4 years, and 100% after 5 years of continued employment. The issuance value of these shares was $670 and $282 for 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is being amortized over the vesting period of five years, with the unamortized balance included in deferred compensation in the consolidated statements of financial condition. During fiscal years 2005, 2004, and 2003, $195, $89 and $50, respectively, were recorded as amortization expense.

 

Also in connection with meeting a performance level of the long-term incentive plan, 38,105 stock options and 66,644 shares of restricted stock will be issued in fiscal year 2006 under the plan.

 

96



 

The Company has a pool of 11,000 restricted shares (1991 Pool), which was increased to 18,700 restricted shares in fiscal year 2003. Awards from the 1991 Pool are at the discretion of the Chairman of the Board of Directors on a spot basis to employees and were provided for under the 1991 Option Plan. The restricted shares vest 33 1/3% after 3 years, 66 2/3% after 4 years, and 100% after 5 years of continued employment. Key provisions of the 1991 Pool include:  outright grant of shares with restrictions as to sale, transfer, and pledging; during the restriction period, the grantee receives dividends and has voting rights related to the shares awarded; and all nonvested shares are forfeited upon termination. During fiscal year 2004, the Company created a pool of 11,000 restricted shares for grants under the 2002 Option Plan (2002 Pool). The provisions of the 2002 Pool are the same as the 1991 Pool. During fiscal years 2005 and 2004, 1,543 and 1,005 restricted shares, respectively, were awarded under the Pool. The issuance value of these restricted shares was $25 and $16 in 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is being amortized over the vesting period of five years, with the unamortized balance included in deferred compensation in the consolidated balance sheet. During fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003, $29, $29, and $26, respectively, were recorded as amortization expense.

 

A summary of the status of the plans and changes during the years ended June 30, are as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Fixed Options

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

301,743

 

$

11.22

 

352,059

 

$

11.00

 

312,311

 

$

10.96

 

Granted

 

84,560

 

16.37

 

42,987

 

16.23

 

75,628

 

10.91

 

Forfeited

 

(20,773

)

12.98

 

(16,075

)

9.99

 

(22,343

)

10.68

 

Exercised

 

(69,647

)

10.36

 

(77,228

)

10.69

 

(13,537

)

10.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

295,883

 

$

13.44

 

301,743

 

$

11.22

 

352,059

 

$

11.00

 

 

Options for 235,603, 238,389 and 254,152 shares were exercisable at June 30, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The weighted average fair value of options granted in each fiscal year was $3.73, $3.83, and $2.57 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

 

97



 

Fixed options outstanding at June 30, 2005 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

Number
Outstanding

 

Number
Exercisable

 

Remaining
Contractual
Life

 

Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,567

 

41,567

 

6 years

 

$

8.52

 

 

 

3,723

 

3,723

 

2 years

 

9.28

 

 

 

42,719

 

42,719

 

8 years

 

10.91

 

 

 

29,136

 

29,136

 

7 years

 

11.36

 

 

 

32,811

 

32,811

 

4 years

 

13.98

 

 

 

31,989

 

31,989

 

3 years

 

14.77

 

 

 

31,666

 

26,243

 

9 years

 

16.23

 

 

 

82,272

 

27,415

 

10 years

 

16.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

295,883

 

235,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company has a Director Restricted Stock Plan which provides that awards of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock be made to outside directors of the Company. The plan is designed to allow for payment of the annual retainer fee in shares of the Company’s common stock, with the inclusion of an annual cost of living adjustment based on the Consumer Price Index. Each outside director is entitled to all voting, dividend and distribution rights during the restriction period. The effective date of the plan was July 1, 1997. The plan has 82,500 shares allocated to it and is in effect for a period of ten years. During fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003, 5,974, 6,604, and 7,880 shares were awarded and $90, $116, and $90 of expense was incurred under the plan, respectively, as the annual retainer for the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

NOTE 18 -  ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss as of June 30, are as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on securities available for sale net of related tax effect of $(513) and $(830)

 

$

(838

)

$

(1,354

)

Fair value change in retained interest, net of related deferred tax effect of $1 and $17

 

2

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(836

)

$

(1,327

)

 

98



 

NOTE 19 -  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of the Bank’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

Unless noted otherwise, the Bank does not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

 

Estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows at June 30:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

18,248

 

$

18,248

 

$

20,474

 

$

20,474

 

Securities

 

142,429

 

142,429

 

122,715

 

122,715

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

7,699

 

7,699

 

5,469

 

5,469

 

Loans and leases

 

680,819

 

676,842

 

651,297

 

661,214

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

5,087

 

5,087

 

4,056

 

4,056

 

Servicing rights

 

5,211

 

6,453

 

4,620

 

7,763

 

Retained interest asset

 

1,713

 

1,713

 

1,878

 

1,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

681,216

 

679,277

 

658,719

 

659,944

 

Borrowed funds

 

119,664

 

119,364

 

93,750

 

92,922

 

Subordinated debentures payable to trusts

 

27,837

 

27,837

 

27,837

 

27,837

 

Accrued interest payable and advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

9,484

 

9,484

 

9,236

 

9,236

 

 

99



 

NOTE 20 -  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND CREDIT RISK

 

The Bank originates first mortgage, consumer and other loans primarily in eastern South Dakota and holds residential and commercial real estate loans which were purchased from other originators of loans located throughout the United States. Collateral for substantially all consumer loans are security agreements and/or Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) filings on the purchased asset. At June 30, 2005 and 2004, the Bank has approximately $5 and $24 of loans sold with recourse to the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA). The collateral securing these loans are one-to-four family mortgage loans, which are seasoned. Unused lines of credit amounted to $119,080 and $113,279 at June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Unused letters of credit amounted to $4,721 and $5,423 at June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The lines of credit and letters of credit are collateralized in substantially the same manner as loan receivable.

 

The Bank had outstanding commitments to originate or purchase loans of $80,217 and to sell loans of approximately $34,894 at June 30, 2005. The portion of commitments to originate or purchase fixed rate loans totaled $33,716 with a range in interest rates of 4.63% to 8.63%. No losses are expected to be sustained in the fulfillment of any of these commitments.

 

The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.

 

NOTE 21 -  CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

Changes in other assets and liabilities for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, consist of:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable

 

$

(1,031

)

$

242

 

$

112

 

Increase (decrease) in net deferred loan fees

 

259

 

666

 

140

 

Earnings on cash value of life insurance

 

(561

)

(619

)

(431

)

(Increase) decrease in other assets

 

491

 

2,836

 

(6,121

)

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

352

 

(3,300

)

1,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(490

)

$

(175

)

$

(5,284

)

 

100



 

NOTE 22 -  FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF HF FINANCIAL CORP. (PARENT ONLY)

 

The Company’s condensed balance sheets as of June 30, 2005 and 2004 and related condensed statements of income and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2005, are as follows:

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash primarily with the Bank

 

$

1,003

 

$

2,557

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

77,968

 

73,596

 

Land held for sale

 

1,298

 

1,298

 

Investment securities

 

39

 

 

 

Other

 

2,969

 

3,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

83,277

 

$

80,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Other borrowings

 

$

28,542

 

$

28,603

 

Other liabilities

 

1,100

 

648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

53,635

 

51,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

83,277

 

$

80,900

 

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from subsidiaries

 

$

3,716

 

$

2,575

 

$

2,551

 

Interest and other income

 

98

 

52

 

80

 

Income from operations of discontinued segment, net of income taxes

 

 

 

72

 

Expenses

 

(2,207

)

(1,752

)

(1,415

)

Income tax benefit

 

736

 

568

 

546

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

2,822

 

3,773

 

3,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,975

 

 

101



 

Condensed Cash Flows

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

5,165

 

$

5,216

 

$

4,975

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Realized (gain) on sale of securities, net

 

 

 

(1

)

Amortization

 

27

 

26

 

20

 

Equity in (earnings) of subsidiaries

 

(6,538

)

(6,348

)

(5,692

)

Cash dividends received from subsidiaries

 

3,716

 

2,575

 

2,551

 

Increase (decrease) in liabilities

 

452

 

447

 

(191

)

Other, net

 

892

 

(354

)

(335

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

3,714

 

1,562

 

1,327

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of investment securities

 

40

 

 

 

Disbursements on note receivable from HF Card

 

 

 

(2,476

)

Repayments on note receivable from HF Card

 

 

 

225

 

Proceeds from maturities and sales of securities

 

 

 

283

 

Capital contribution to the Bank

 

(2,000

)

 

(9,000

)

Capital contribution to HF Group

 

 

 

(600

)

Net cash (used in) investment activities

 

(1,960

)

 

(11,568

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(3,206

)

(1,862

)

(2,403

)

Cash dividends paid

 

(1,551

)

(1,530

)

(1,524

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

1,512

 

1,153

 

513

 

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures

 

 

7,000

 

10,000

 

Proceeds from other borrowings

 

 

 

4,500

 

Payments on other borrowings

 

(60

)

(4,338

)

(53

)

Payments of debt issue costs

 

(3

)

(158

)

(300

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financial activities

 

(3,308

)

265

 

10,733

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash

 

(1,554

)

1,827

 

492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

2,557

 

730

 

238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

1,003

 

$

2,557

 

$

730

 

 

102



 

NOTE 23 -  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

(Dollars in thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

1st
Quarter

 

2nd
Quarter

 

3rd
Quarter

 

4th
Quarter

 

Fiscal Year 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

10,690

 

$

11,249

 

$

10,990

 

$

12,017

 

Net interest income

 

6,540

 

6,804

 

6,282

 

6,573

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases

 

179

 

196

 

129

 

2,177

 

Income from continuing operations

 

1,460

 

1,648

 

1,344

 

713

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

1,460

 

1,648

 

1,344

 

713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share - basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.46

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.46

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share - diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.20

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

10,284

 

$

9,844

 

$

9,837

 

$

10,295

 

Net interest income

 

6,369

 

6,120

 

6,171

 

6,412

 

Provision for losses on loans and leases

 

437

 

634

 

607

 

342

 

Income from continuing operations

 

1,322

 

1,269

 

973

 

1,652

 

Net income

 

1,322

 

1,269

 

973

 

1,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share - basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.27

 

$

0.47

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.27

 

$

0.47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share - diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.46

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.46

 

 

103



 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

 

As of June 30, 2005 an evaluation was performed by the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act).  Based upon, and as of the date of that evaluation, the Company’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required.  There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting or identified in the above-referenced evaluation that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially effect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.  Other Information

 

Letter Agreement dated June 1, 2005 between HF Financial Corp. and First Tennessee Bank, NA which renews and increases the revolving line of credit to $6.0 million from $3.0 million.  Additionally, the federal funds accommodation was increased to $15.0 million from $10.0 million.  See Exhibit 10.17 in this Form 10-K.

 

PART III

 

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

 

Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2005, a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after June 30, 2005 (The “2005 Proxy Statement”).

 

Code of Ethics

 

Information regarding the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics is incorporated by reference to the discussion under the heading “Code of Conduct and Ethics” in the Company’s 2005 Proxy Statement.

 

Directors

 

Information regarding Directors of the Company is incorporated by reference to the discussion under the heading “Information with Respect to Nominees and Continuing Directors” in Proposal 1 of the Company’s 2005 Proxy Statement.

 

Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Information regarding the Company’s Audit Committee, including identification of each committee member and the audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference to the discussion under the heading :meetings of the Board of Directors, Compensation of Directors, Committees of the Board of Directors and Independent Directors” in Proposal 1 of the Company’s 2005 Proxy Statement.

 

104



 

Director Nominations

 

Information regarding material changes, if any, to the procedures by which the Company’s stockholders may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors is incorporated by reference to the discussion under the heading “Director Nominations” in Proposal 1 of the Company’s 2005 Proxy Statement.

 

Executive Officers

 

Information regarding the executive officers of the Company and the Bank is contained in Part I, Item 1 “Business” of this Form 10-K pursuant to Instruction 3 and Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K, and is incorporated by reference.

 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

 

Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the discussion under the heading “Executive Compensation” in the Company’s 2005 Proxy Statement.  Information contained under the headings “Report of the Board Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation” and “Stockholder Return Performance Presentation” is not incorporated herein.

 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners, directors and certain executive officers is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Company’s 2005 Proxy Statement.

 

The following table sets forth certain information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued upon exercise of options, warrants and rights under all of the Company’s existing equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2005, including the 1996 Director Restricted Stock Plan and 2002 Stock Option Plan.  The 1991 Stock Option Plan expired on October 27, 2002.  As a result, although the column below entitled “Number of Shares to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights” includes common stock to be issued upon unexpired options issued under the 1991 Stock Option Plan, no common stock remains available for future issuance under the 1991 Stock Option Plan.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category

 

Number of Shares to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

 

Number of Shares Remaining
Available for Future Issuance
Under Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding Shares
Reflected in the First Column)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity plan compensation plans approved by stockholders

 

295,883

 

$

13.44

 

673,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity plan compensation plans not approved by stockholders

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

295,883

 

$

13.44

 

673,211

 

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Executive Compensation – Certain Transactions” in the Company’s 2005 Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

Information concerning the fees for professional services rendered by the Company’s principal accountant is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Executive Compensation – Report of the Audit

 

105



 

Committee – Audit Fees, Audit Related Fees, Tax Fees and All Other Fees” in the Company’s 2005 Proxy Statement.  Information concerning the pre-approval policies and procedures of the Company’s Audit Committee is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies” in Proposal 1 of the Company’s 2005 Proxy Statement.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)                                  The following documents are as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

(1)   See “HF Financial Corp. Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.

 

(2)   All supplemental schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.         (3) Exhibits

 

Regulation
S-K Exhibit
Number

 

Document

 

Reference to
Prior Filing
or Exhibit
Number
Attached
Hereto

 

3.1

 

 

Articles of Incorporation

 

(1)

 

3.2

 

 

By-Laws

 

(1)

 

4.1

 

 

Rights Agreement

 

(4)

 

10.1

 

 

Employment Contract between Home Federal Bank and Curtis L. Hage

 

(1) #

 

10.2

 

 

Amendment to Employment Contract between Home Federal Bank and Curtis L. Hage

 

(3) #

 

10.3

 

 

HF Financial Corp. 1991 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

(2) #

 

10.4

 

 

Amendment to the HF Financial Corp 1991 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

(5) #

 

10.5

 

 

HF Financial Corp. 1996 Director Restricted Stock Plan

 

(5) #

 

10.6

 

 

Change in Control Contract between Home Federal Bank and Mark S. Sivertson

 

(6) #

 

10.7

 

 

Employment Contract between Home Federal Bank and David A. Brown

 

(7) #

 

10.8

 

 

Change in Control Contract between Home Federal Bank and David A. Brown

 

(7) #

 

10.9

 

 

Guarantee Agreement dated November 28, 2001, by and between HF Financial Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company

 

(8)

 

10.10

 

 

Indenture Agreement dated November 28, 2001, by and between HF Financial Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company

 

(8)

 

10.11

 

 

Guarantee Agreement dated July 11, 2002, by and between HF Financial Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company

 

(9)

 

10.12

 

 

Indenture Agreement dated July 11, 2002, by and between HF Financial Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company

 

(9)

 

10.13

 

 

Guarantee Agreement dated December 19, 2002, by and between HF Financial Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company

 

(10)

 

 

106



 

10.14

 

 

Indenture Agreement dated December 19, 2002, by and between HF Financial Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company

 

(10)

 

10.15

 

 

Guarantee Agreement dated September 25, 2003, by and between HF Financial Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company

 

(11)

 

10.16

 

 

Indenture Agreement dated September 25, 2003, by and between HF Financial Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company

 

(11)

 

10.17

 

 

Letter Agreement dated June 1, 2005 between HF Financial Corp. and First Tennessee Bank, NA

 

10.17

 

10.18

 

 

$3.0 Million Promissory Note between HF Financial Corp. and First Tennessee Bank, NA

 

(12)

 

10.19

 

 

HF Financial Corp. 2002 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

(13)

 

10.20

 

 

Real Estate Purchase Agreement dated December 21, 2004 by and between HF Financial Corp. and MVB Properties, Inc.

 

(15)

 

10.21

 

 

Home Federal Bank Short Term Incentive Plan

 

(16)#

 

10.22

 

 

Home Federal Bank Third Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

(16)#

 

21.1

 

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

21.1

 

23.1

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm

 

23.1

 

23.2

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm

 

23.2

 

31.1

 

 

Certification of Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

31.1

 

31.2

 

 

Certification of Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

31.2

 

32.1

 

 

Certification of Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

32.1

 

32.2

 

 

Certification of Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

32.2

 

 


(1)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on December 6, 1991 (File No. 33-44383).

(2)

Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1993.

(3)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996.

(4)

Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed with the SEC on October 29, 1996.

(5)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997.

(6)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998.

(7)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001.

(8)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2001.

(9)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

(10)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

(11)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003.

(12)

Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003.

(13)

Filed as Appendix A to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on October 15, 2002.

(14)

Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004.

(15)

Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2004.

(16)

Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 26, 2005, and filed with the SEC on August 1, 2005.

#

Management or compensatory plan or arrangements required to be filed.

 

All of such previously filed documents are hereby incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

 

107



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

HF FINANCIAL CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 /s/ Curtis L. Hage

 

 

Curtis L. Hage, Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(Duly Authorized Representative)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

  /s/ Curtis L. Hage

 

  /s/ Darrel L. Posegate

Curtis L. Hage, Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive and
Operating Officer)

 

Darrel L. Posegate, Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 26, 2005

 

Date:

September 26, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Thomas L. Van Wyhe

 

  /s/ Robert L. Hanson

Thomas L. Van Wyhe, Director

 

Robert L. Hanson, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 26, 2005

 

Date:

September 26, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Steven R. Sershen

 

  /s/ William G. Pederson

Steven R. Sershen, Director

 

William. G. Pederson, Director

 

 

 

Date:

September 26, 2005

 

Date:

September 26, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Curtis J. Bernard

 

 

Curtis J. Bernard, Director

 

Christine E. Hamilton, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 26, 2005

 

Date:

 

 

108



 

Index to Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

 

Letter Agreement dated June 1, 2005 between HF Financial Corp. and First Tennessee Bank, NA

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

109